rights / license: research collection in copyright - non … · 2020-03-26 · debido a la...
TRANSCRIPT
Research Collection
Doctoral Thesis
Fast and robust joining process for aerospace components bylocal heating of paste adhesives
Author(s): Sánchez Cebrián, Alberto
Publication Date: 2014
Permanent Link: https://doi.org/10.3929/ethz-a-010164453
Rights / License: In Copyright - Non-Commercial Use Permitted
This page was generated automatically upon download from the ETH Zurich Research Collection. For moreinformation please consult the Terms of use.
ETH Library
DISS.-No. ETH 21842
FAST AND ROBUST
JOINING PROCESS
FOR AEROSPACE COMPONENTS
BY LOCAL HEATING
OF PASTE ADHESIVES
ALBERTO SÁNCHEZ CEBRIÁN
2014
DISS.-No. ETH 21842
FAST AND ROBUST JOINING PROCESS
FOR AEROSPACE COMPONENTS BY
LOCAL HEATING OF PASTE ADHESIVES
A thesis submitted to attain the degree of
DOCTOR OF SCIENCES OF ETH ZÜRICH
(Dr. sc. ETH Zürich)
presented by
ALBERTO SÁNCHEZ CEBRIÁN
Dipl. Industrial Engineer Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya (2009)
born 20.07.1985
citizen of Spain
accepted on the recommendation of
Prof. Dr. Paolo Ermanni, examiner Dr. Markus Zogg, co-examiner
Prof. Dr. Heinz Voggenreiter, co-examiner
2014
i
Allá donde estés, esto va por ti.
ii
iii
Summary (English)
Since the 70s, industry is doing research in new adhesive sys-
tems for joining composites for structural applications. Adhe-
sive bonding permits having lighter structures and thus more
efficient solutions than today’s aerospace state of the art, rivet-
ing. Additionally, the use of adhesives does not require drill-
ing the components, which is especially beneficial for joining
composite materials.
Typically, the curing of paste adhesives is carried out in forced
convection ovens, applying isothermal heating cycles recom-
mended by the supplier. The variation of the curing tempera-
ture during the process is today not considered due to its high
energy consumption. To avoid this limitation, the use of in-
duction heating to heat locally the bondline is considered in
this doctoral thesis. This technique allows heating the assem-
bly faster and thus saving energy resources and time. In this
context, the acceleration of the curing process of a paste adhe-
sive by increasing the heating temperature during the process
is investigated.
However, the increment of the curing temperature leads to
void formation and thus to the thermal degradation of the
paste adhesive. This phenomenon is caused by the evapora-
tion of moisture, the degradation of chemical components and
the expansion of air trapped during the mixing process. The
increment of void content affects the mechanical performance
of the bonded system. To deal with this limitation, a novel
modeling of the void formation during the curing process con-
sidering the degree of cure is developed in this doctoral thesis.
The fundamental idea of this approach is that the evaporation
of the paste adhesive that leads to void formation decreases
iv
with curing progression. Therefore, a novel thermal degrada-
tion model for the evaporation of paste adhesives is defined as
a function of temperature, time and the degree of cure. Once
the mass evaporation is modeled, the relation between evapo-
rated mass and void formation is experimentally established,
completing the void prediction model for paste adhesives.
This model is then used to find the optimal strategy to acceler-
ate the curing process of paste adhesives without increasing
the void formation. This approach is applied to two different
paste adhesive systems in order to ensure the repeatability of
the research findings. The results show a reduction of more
than 85 % of the processing time compared to the reference
curing cycle without affecting the mechanical performance of
the joint. Finally, the methodology investigated is applied to a
real aircraft component, defining the guidelines to ensure the
robustness of the process under real component geometries.
v
Zussammenfassung (Deutsch)
Seit den siebziger Jahren forscht die Industrie an neuen
Klebstoffsystemen zur Verbindung von Faserverbunden für
Strukturanwendungen. Kleben erlaubt leichtere Strukturen
und damit effizientere Lösungen als der heutige Standard in
der Luft- und Raumfahrt, das Nieten. Zudem erfordert die
Verwendung von Klebstoff kein Bohren der Komponenten,
was besonders vorteilhaft für das Fügen von
Faserverbundwerkstoffen ist. Typischerweise wird das
Aushärten von Pastenklebstoffen in Öfen mit erzwungener
Konvektion durchgeführt, wobei vom Hersteller empfohlene
Heizzyklen zur Anwendung kommen. Die Änderung der
Aushärtetemperatur während des Prozesses wird heutzutage
wegen ihres hohen Energieverbrauchs nicht berücksichtigt.
Um diese Beschränkung zu überwinden, wird in dieser
Doktorarbeit die Anwendung induktiven Heizens betrachtet,
um die Klebenaht lokal zu erwärmen. Diese Technik erlaubt
schnelleres Aufheizen und damit Ersparnisse an Ressourcen
und Zeit. In diesem Kontext wird die Beschleunigung des
Aushärteprozesses eines Pastenklebstoffs durch Erhöhung der
Heiztemperaturen während des Prozesses untersucht.
Die Steigerung der Aushärtetemperatur führt jedoch zu
Porenbildung und damit zur thermischen Degradation des
Klebers. Dieses Phänomen wird durch die Verdunstung von
Feuchtigkeit, die Degradation chemischer Komponenten und
die Ausdehnung während des Mischvorgangs
eingeschlossener Luft verursacht. Die erhöhte
Porenkonzentration beeinträchtigt die mechanischen
Eigenschaften der Klebeverbindung. Um mit dieser
Beschränkung umzugehen, wird in dieser Dissertation eine
neuartige Modellierung der Porenbildung während des
vi
Aushärteprozesses unter Berücksichtigung des
Aushärtegrades entwickelt.
Die grundlegende Idee dieses Vorgehens setzt daran an, dass
die zur Porenbildung führende Verdampfung des Klebstoffes
mit fortschreitender Aushärtung abnimmt. Deshalb wird ein
neuartiges Degradationsmodell für die Verdunstung von
Pastenklebstoffen in Funktion von Temperatur, Zeit und
Aushärtegrad formuliert. Im Anschluss an die Modellierung
der Verdampfung wird eine Beziehung zwischen verdampfter
Masse und Porenbildung experimentell hergestellt, welche das
Modell vervollständigt. Dieses Modell wird anschliessend
dazu verwendet, die optimale Strategie zur Beschleunigung
des Aushärtevorgangs von Pastenklebstoffen ohne erhöhte
Porenbildung zu finden. Dieser Ansatz wird auf zwei
verschiedene Klebstoffsysteme angewandt, um die
Wiederholbarkeit der Forschungserkenntnisse sicherzustellen.
Die Ergebnisse zeigen eine Reduktion der Verarbeitungszeit
um mehr als 85 % im Vergleich zum Referenzzyklus, ohne
Beeinträchtigung der mechanischen Eigenschaften der
Verbindung. Schliesslich wird die untersuchte Methodik auf
eine reale Flugzeugkomponente angewandt, wobei Richtlinien
aufgestellt werden, welche die Robustheit des Verfahrens bei
realen Komponentengeometrien gewährleisten sollen.
vii
Resumen (Español)
Desde los años 70, la industria investiga nuevos sistemas de
pastas adhesivas para unir estructuras de materiales compues-
tos. Su uso permite que las uniones sean más ligeras, consi-
guiendo así soluciones más eficientes que la técnica de refe-
rencia hoy en día en la industria aeroespacial, ribetes. Además
el uso de adhesivos tiene la ventaja de que los componentes a
unir no son agujereados, un hecho especialmente beneficioso
en la unión de materiales compuestos.
Normalmente, el proceso de curado de pastas adhesivas tiene
lugar en hornos de convección forzada, mediante la aplicación
de ciclos de calentamiento isotérmicos recomendados por el
fabricante. Hoy en día, la variación de temperaturas durante el
proceso no está considerada debido a su alto consumo energé-
tico. Para evitar esta limitación, en esta tesis doctoral se consi-
dera el uso de calentamiento por inducción. Esta técnica per-
mite calentar la unión rápidamente con un bajo coste de ener-
gía. Bajo este concepto, esta tesis investiga la aceleración del
proceso de curado de pastas adhesivas incrementando la tem-
peratura durante el proceso.
De todas maneras, el incremento de la temperatura de curado
está limitado por la degradación térmica de la pasta adhesiva
debido a la formación de poros cuando se aplican altas tempe-
raturas. Dichos poros se forman debido a la evaporación de
humedad, degradación de los componentes químicos y a la
expansión del aire atrapado durante la mezcla del adhesivo.
Esto provoca un descenso de las propiedades mecánicas de la
unión. Para solucionar este problema, esta tesis desarrolla un
nuevo modelo para formación de poros considerando el grado
de curado durante el proceso de calentamiento.
viii
La idea fundamental de este modelo es que la cantidad de de-
gradación térmica producida por la evaporación de la pasta
adhesiva disminuye durante proceso de curado. Por este mo-
tivo, esta tesis define un nuevo modelo de degradación en
función de temperatura, tiempo y grado de curado. Una vez el
nuevo modelo está definido, la relación entre masa evaporada
y generación de poros se establece experimentalmente, com-
pletando así un modelo para la predicción de porosidad en
pastas adhesivas.
Dicho modelo se utiliza para definir la estrategia óptima de
calentamiento de pastas adhesivas sin incrementar la porosi-
dad. Esta técnica se aplica a dos pastas adhesivas diferentes
para asegurar su respetabilidad. Los resultados muestran una
reducción del 85 % del tiempo de curado respecto al ciclo de
curado recomendado por el fabricante sin afectar las propie-
dades mecánicas de las uniones. Finalmente, la metodología
investigada es aplicada a un componente real de un avión,
definiendo las directrices para poder así asegurar la solidez
del proceso para componentes reales.
ix
Resum (Català)
Des dels anys 70, la indústria fa recerca sobre nous sistemes de
pastes adhesives per unir estructures fetes de materials com-
posts. El seu ús permet que les unions siguin més lleugeres,
aconseguint solucions més eficients que la tècnica de referèn-
cia avui en dia a la indústria aeroespacial, els rivets. Amés, l’ús
d’adhesius te l’avantatge de que els components a unir no son
foradats, un fet especialment beneficiós en la unió de materials
compostos.
Normalment, el procés de curat de pastes adhesives té lloc a
horns de convecció forçada, mitjançant l’aplicació de cicles
d’escalfament isotèrmics recomanats pel fabricant. Avui en
dia, la variació de les temperatures durant el procés no està
considerada degut a l’elevat consum energètic. Per evitar
aquesta limitació, en aquesta tesis doctoral es considera l’ús de
l’escalfament per inducció. Aquesta tècnica permet escalfar la
unió ràpid, estalviant temps i energia. Sota aquest concepte,
aquesta tesis fa recerca sobre l’acceleració del procés de curat
de pastes adhesives incrementant la temperatura del procés.
Aquest increment, però, està limitat per la degradació tèrmica
de la pasta adhesiva degut a la formació de porositat quan
s’apliquen altes temperatures. Aquests, es formen degut a
l’evaporació d’humitat, degradació del components químics i
a l’expansió de l’aire atrapat durant la barreja de l’adhesiu.
L’increment de porositat provoca una caiguda de les propie-
tats mecàniques de la unió. Per a solucionar-ho, aquesta tesis
desenvolupa un nou model per a la formació de porositat con-
siderant el grau de curat durant el procés d’escalfament.
La idea principal d’aquest model és la quantitat de degradació
tèrmica produïda per l’evaporació de la pasta adhesiva dismi-
x
nueix durant el procés de curat. Per aquesta raó, aquesta tesis
defineix un nou model de degradació en funció de la tempera-
tura, el temps i el grau de curat. Un cop el nou model està de-
finit, s’estableix experimentalment la relació entre la massa
evaporada i la formació de porositat, completant un model per
a la predicció de porositat de les pastes adhesives.
Aquesta model s’empra per a recercar l’estratègia òptima
d’escalfament de pastes adhesives sense incrementar la seva
porositat. Aquesta tècnica s’aplica a dos sistemes adhesius
diferent per a poder assegurar la seva repetibilitat. Els resul-
tats mostren una reducció de més del 85 % del temps de curat
comparat amb el cicle de referència recomanat pel fabricant
sense afectar les propietat mecàniques de les unions. Final-
ment, la metodologia recercada s’aplica a un component real
d’un avió, definint les directrius per a poder assegurar així la
solidesa del procés en components reals.
xi
Acknowledgements
The Ph.D. studies summarized in this volume have required
giving my best every single day for the last years. This has
been a huge challenge, exhausting and discouraging at many
moments, but also exciting and very gratifying.
Unfortunately, this project has sometimes required more
knowledge and motivation than what I had. At this point, I
can only express my most honest and sincere gratitude to all
the people that have helped me in many different ways, not
only with their wisdom but also with their support and opti-
mism, helping me to keep on working restless for so much
time. From the deepest of my heart, thanks a lot:
Prof. Dr. Paolo Ermanni for giving me the chance to work in a
fascinating field and complete my doctoral studies under your
supervision.
Dr. Markus Zogg for your endless support since the first day I
arrived to Switzerland and for trusting always on me.
Prof. Dr. Heinz Voggenreiter for accepting the co-supervision
of this doctoral study.
Dr. Florian Klunker for your thorough supervision and for
helping me to improve so much the quality of my research.
Dr. Stefan Cron for your technical advice during my research
and for being always ready to help me.
Beat Bucher, Ulrich Fischer, Melanie Libsig, Maria Benavente,
Dr. Sophie Cazuc, Prof. Dr. Veronique Michaud, Maxime
Roux and Yver Papier for your support and technical advice in
the Clean Sky project.
xii
Dr. Gerald Kress for giving me the change of supervising your
lecture of Mechanics of Composites during the last 3 years.
Thomas Heinrich for your help and technical advice in the
laboratories during these years.
Hans Peter Eigenmann for helping me so much in the lab and
being always so nice with me.
Dr. Stephan Busato for your help and advice with the thermal
analysis equipment.
Dr. Andrea Bergamini and Dr. Andres Arrieta for being al-
ways willing to help me.
Désirée Hess and Anke Kleint for the administrative support.
To all the students who made their semester thesis under my
supervision. Thank you all for the huge effort that you made
and for choosing me for supervising your studies: Stefano
Lucchini, Daniel Aeschlimann, Richard Hutter, Fabian Stuck-
er, Mario Bissig, Patrick Moser, Björn Luginbühl, Ralf Basler,
Simon Bühler, Christoph Walch, Lukas Mayrhofer and
Alejandro Lorenzo.
To the former Ph.D. students who helped me since my first
day at the IMES-ST. Your work was a huge motivation and
inspiration for me: Dr. Yi Liu, Dr. Grégoire Lepoittevin, Dr.
Joanna Chi-Hing Wong, Dr. Florian Bachmann and Dr. Ben-
jamin Schläpfer.
To my office mates, who always made me feel like at home:
Davi Melo Montenegro, Mattia Serra, Bryan Louis, Francesco
Previtali, Max Fickel, Sebastian Kollert and Emian Furger.
To all my other friends at the IMES-ST. It has been an honor to
work with people as wise as you. Giulio Molinari, probably
the most intelligent person I have ever known, thanks for the
help with the optimization. Tommaso Delpero, thanks for be-
xiii
ing a great support always that I needed you. Luigi di Lillo for
willing always to help me with me experiments. Simon Steiner
thanks for helping me to understand all the chemical reactions
that I was dealing with. Jesus Maldonado thanks for your help
with the cure kinetics modeling. Claudio di Fratta and Mario
Danzi thanks for sharing the responsibilities of Clean Sky with
me. Wolfram Raither thanks for the help to translate the ab-
stract to German. Also thanks Manfred Quack, Vitaly
Dmitriev and Oliver Häfner for your support.
Very special thanks to my friends that always trusted on me.
Despite the distance, I always felt that you were encouraging
me. Thanks Agustin, Alex, Marc, Albert, Ainhoa, Miquel, La-
ra, Eli, Ingrid and Xexi. Thanks to David for your support
when I felt alone during all these years in Zürich. Also thanks
to Jorge, Carlos, Nikita, Cristian and of course thanks Pons for
being so great. Thanks to my friends in Zürich, who actively
encouraged me to keep on with my work day after day: Luís,
Elena, Ximo, Pepo, David, Mireia, Alejandro, Franco, Sandra
and Bellinda. Thanks to Jano, Antonio, Migueles, Nerea, Ama,
Diego, Marcos, María, Mati, Joaquin and Eva for always wor-
rying about me despite time and distance. Thanks to my fami-
ly who supported me endless in both good and bad moments.
Very especial thanks to Tijs, Paul, Samuel, Leo and Rafael.
Your work is a great motivation and a reference to me.
Last but not least, thanks to my mum María del Pilar, to my
brother Héctor, to my godmother Elvireta and to my granny
Clotilde; this work would have been impossible without you.
Also very special thanks to Berta for being always on my side;
supporting me in all the tough moments and making me be-
lieve that this was possible even when my faith was gone.
And finally thanks to you, dear reader, for spending your time
on reading this work.
xiv
Publications
The contents of this dissertation have led to the following
journal publications and conference contributions, which are
listed below by chronological order.
Peer reviewed Journal Publication
Sánchez Cebrián, A., Zogg, M., and Ermanni P., Methodology
for optimization of the curing cycle of paste adhesives. International
Journal of Adhesion and Adhesives, 2013. 40: p. 112-119.
Sánchez Cebrián, A., Klunker, F., Zogg M., Simulation of the
Cure of Paste Adhesives by Induction Heating, first published on
May 17, 2013 as doi:10.1177/0021998313487933.
Sánchez Cebrián, A., Basler, R., Klunker, F., Zogg M., Accelera-
tion of the curing process of a paste adhesive for aerospace applica-
tions considering cure dependent void formations, International
Journal of Adhesion and Adhesives, 2014. 48: p. 51-58.
Sánchez Cebrián, A., Klunker, F., Zogg M., Modeling of void
formation during the curing process of paste adhesives, Journal of
Adhesion Science and Technology, 2014.28 (7): p. 731-747.
Conference contributions
Sánchez Cebrián, A., Lucchini, S., Zogg, M., and Ermanni, P.,
“Effect of different surface treatments on mechanical proper-
ties of CFRP bonded joints”, in 32nd SAMPE Europe Interna-
tional Technical Conference & Forum. 2011: Paris, France.
Sánchez Cebrián, A., Zogg, M., and Ermanni, P., “Indicators
for optimizing cure temperature of paste adhesives”, in 18th
International Conference on Composite Materials .Composites and
Reinforced Plastics. 2011: Jeju, KO.
xv
Sánchez Cebrián, A., Moser, P., Zogg, M., and Ermanni, P.,
“Paste adhesive modification for induction curing” in SAMPE
2012. 2012: Baltimore, MD, USA.
Sánchez Cebrián, A., Basler, R., Zogg, M., and Ermanni, P.,
“Multistep heating to optimize curing process of a paste
adhesive”, in 15th European Conference on Composite Materials.
2012: Venice, IT.
Sánchez Cebrián, Zogg, M., and Ermanni, P., “Beschleunigung
der Aushärtung von pastösen Epoxiharzklebstoffen durch
variotherme Prozessführung mittles Induktion“, in FTK-
Tagung 2013 Flertigunstechnologie Kleben: Klebtechnik trifft
automobilen Leichtbau. 2013: Stuttgart, DE.
Sánchez Cebrián, Zogg, M., and Ermanni, P., “Fast and Robust
Joining Process for Aerospace Components by Local Heating
of Paste Adhesives“, in SETEC 13, SAMPE Technical Confer-
ence, 2013: Wuppertal, DE.
Colloquiums
A. Sánchez Cebrián, Fast and Robust Joining Process for Aero-
space Components by local Heating of Paste Adhesives, Fertigung-
stechnischen Kolloquium: Faserverstärkte Kunststoffe erö-
ffnen neue Möglichkeiten, November 28th, 2013, ETH Zürich,
Switzerland.
Student theses supervised
10-020- Stefano Lucchini, Research in surface treatment for cold
bonding, June 2010.
10-021- Daniel Aeschlimann, Clean Sky: Fast curing research for
bonding systems, June 2010.
10-030- Fabian Stucker, Optimization of the structural thermal
isolation for the batteries of the SunCar, June 2011.
xvi
11-031- Richard Hutter, Investigation of waterjet technologies for
surface treatment of CFRP laminates for structural bonded joints in
aerospace applications, June 2011.
11-032- Mario Bissig, Study of the robustness of an induction heat-
ing stand and influence of the convection coefficient, June 2011.
11-033- Patrick Moser, Paste adhesive optimization for the bonding
process of CFRP components with induction heating, June 2011.
12-003- Ralf Basler, Acceleration of curing process of paste adhesive
by multistep induction heating, January 2012.
12-040- Lukas Mayrhofer, Bonding an aileron for the Dornier 228
by induction heating, December 2012.
12-041- Christoph Walch, Effect of orientation of CFRP laminates
in induction heating, December 2012.
12.042- Simon Bühler, Innovative methods to optimize induction
heating in aerospace composite joints, December 2012.
xvii
Contents
Summary (English) ....................................................................... iii
Zussammenfassung (Deutsch) ..................................................... v
Resumen (Español) ...................................................................... vii
Resum (Català) .............................................................................. ix
Acknowledgements ...................................................................... xi
Publications .................................................................................. xiv
Contents ....................................................................................... xvii
List of Symbols & Abbreviations .............................................. xxi
Chapter 1 Introduction ............................................................... 3
1.1. Overview ............................................................................... 3
1.2. Clean Sky JTI ......................................................................... 7
1.3. Motivation ............................................................................. 8
1.4. Research needs ...................................................................... 8
1.5. Research objective .............................................................. 10
1.6. Approach ............................................................................. 10
1.7. Structure of the thesis ........................................................ 11
Chapter 2 State of the Art ......................................................... 13
2.1. Heating strategies in bonding technologies ................... 13
2.2. Preliminary investigations ................................................ 20
2.3. Discussion ........................................................................... 24
Chapter 3 Modeling of the Cure Kinetics ............................... 29
xviii
3.1. Introduction ........................................................................ 29
3.2. Experimental ....................................................................... 33
3.3. Cure kinetics modeling of the LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-
2 ................................................................................................... 34
3.4. Validation of the model ..................................................... 48
3.5. Cure kinetics modeling of the LME 10625 / LME 1062651
3.6. Conclusions ......................................................................... 53
Chapter 4 Modeling of the Degradation Kinetics ................. 55
4.1. Introduction ........................................................................ 55
4.2. Mathematical model .......................................................... 57
4.3. Experimental ....................................................................... 58
4.4. Mass evaporation modeling ............................................. 60
4.5. Relation between degradation and void formation ....... 66
4.6. Degradation of the LME 10625 / LME 10626 .................. 70
4.7. Conclusions ......................................................................... 74
Chapter 5 Simulation of the curing process of paste
adhesives by induction heating ................................................... 77
5.1. Introduction ........................................................................ 77
5.2. Theoretical aspects ............................................................. 80
5.3. Modeling of the tool ........................................................... 83
5.4. Validation and discussion of the tool .............................. 85
5.5. Impact of parameters on the curing process................... 94
5.6. Conclusions ....................................................................... 101
Chapter 6 Isothermal heating process .................................. 105
6.1. Introduction ...................................................................... 105
6.2. Experimental ..................................................................... 106
xix
6.3. Physical properties of the paste adhesive ..................... 107
6.4. Mechanical properties of the paste adhesive ................ 115
6.5. Isothermal acceleration of the process ........................... 121
6.6. Conclusions ....................................................................... 125
Chapter 7 Cure dependent heating process ......................... 127
7.1. Introduction ...................................................................... 127
7.2. Approach ........................................................................... 128
7.3. Impact of the processing parameters ............................. 132
7.4. Conclusions ....................................................................... 142
Chapter 8 Process optimization ............................................. 145
8.1. Introduction ...................................................................... 145
8.2. Optimization of the LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2 .......... 147
8.3. Optimization of the LME 10625 / LME 10626 ............... 150
8.4. Conclusions ....................................................................... 152
Chapter 9 Design and assembly of the demonstrator ........ 155
9.1. Introduction ...................................................................... 155
9.2. Procedure for bonding complex parts ........................... 156
9.3. Description of the demonstrator .................................... 158
9.4. Assembly process ............................................................. 160
9.5. Evaluation of the aileron ................................................. 168
9.6. Conclusions ....................................................................... 172
Chapter 10 Analysis of the demonstrator .......................... 173
10.1. Introduction .................................................................... 173
10.2. Temperature distribution analysis with natural
convection. ............................................................................... 175
xx
10.3. Temperature distribution in complex shapes heated by
induction................................................................................... 182
10.4. Modification of the optimal curing cycle .................... 187
10.5. Assembly and analysis of the second demonstrator . 192
10.6. Conclusions ..................................................................... 196
Chapter 11 Concluding remarks ......................................... 199
11.1. Conclusions ..................................................................... 199
11.2. Outlook ............................................................................ 205
Appendix A Mechanical testing of composite samples ...... 211
A.1: Adherents and adhesives ............................................... 212
A.2: Production of bonded samples ...................................... 214
A.3: Single lap shear testing ................................................... 216
A.4: Fracture modes ................................................................ 217
A.5: Preparation of samples for mechanical testing ........... 221
Appendix B Induction setup ................................................. 229
B.1: Geometry and materials .................................................. 229
B.2: Calculation of the convection coefficient ...................... 235
B.3: Adaptation of the simulation tool for natural convection
conditions ................................................................................. 237
B.4: Production of samples by induction heating ............... 242
B.5: Bonding of non-electrical conductive materials by
induction................................................................................... 245
Bibliography................................................................................. 257
List of Tables ................................................................................ 269
List of Figures .............................................................................. 273
About the Author ........................................................................ 279
xxi
List of Symbols & Abbreviations
Abbreviations for Units
A Amperes
° Degrees
°C Degrees Celsius
K Degrees Kelvin
F Farad
g Grams
H Henry
Hz Hertz
h Hours
J Joule
kg Kilo
L Liters
MPa Mega Pascal
m Meters
µm Micrometers
mm Millimeters
min Minutes
mol Mole
N Newton
Ω Ohm
Pa Pascal
wt% Percent by weight
rpm Rotations per minute
s Seconds
S Siemens
T Tesla
V Volts
xxii
W Watt
Definition of Symbols
[J/g] Activation energy
[K] Ambient temperature
S [KVa] Apparent power
p [m] Coil perimeter
[A/m] Current density
α [%] Degree of cure
[kg/m3] Density of the adhesive
ρ [kg/m3] Density of the material
µ [Pa·s] Dynamic viscosity of the fluid
[-] Efficiency of the induction coil
σ [S/m] Electrical conductivity of the material
[V] Electrical voltage of induction
∆H [J/Kg] Energy generated in the curing reaction
[W/m2] Forced convection coefficient
ω [Hz] Frequency of the alternating field
[K] Glass transition temperature
[W/m] Heat generated by the magnetic fields module
[W/m] Heat generated in the chemical reaction
[W/m] Heat transferred by convection
[W/m] Heat transferred by radiation
[A] Induction Current
l [m] Length
B [T] Magnetic-B field
φ [Wb] Magnetic flux
Hf [T] Magnetic-H field
A [V·s/m] Magnetic vector potential
[-] Number of boundaries
Nu [-] Nusselt number
n [-] Order of the chemical reaction
P [W] Power
xxiii
Pr [-] Prandtl number
A [1/s] Pre-exponential factor of the cure kinetics
[-] Reaction constant
[-] Reaction constant of the chemical controlled
region
[-] Reaction constant of the diffusion controlled
part
[-] Relative permeability
[-] Relative permittivity
R [Ω] Resistance
Re [-] Reynolds number
[J/Kg·K] Specific heat capacity
υ [m/s] Speed of the fluid
[W/m2·K4] Stefan’s- Boltzmann constant
ε [-] Surface emissivity
T [K] Temperature
K [W/m·K] Thermal conductivity
R [J/K·mol] Universal gas constant
[F/m] Vacuum permittivity
[N/A2] Vacuum permeability
Abbreviations
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
CFRP Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymers
D-MAVT Department of Mechanical and Process Engi-
neering, ETH Zürich
DSC Differential Scanning Calorimetry
DCB Double cantilever Beam
EU European Union
GFRP Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymers
IMES Institute for Mechanical Systems, ETH Zürich
ITD Integrated Technology Demonstrator
JTI Joint Technology Initiative
OoA Out of Autoclave
xxiv
SLS Single Lap Shear
SoA State of the Art
TGA Thermo Gravimetric Analysis
ETH Zürich Swiss Federal Institute of Technology Zürich
1
Part I
Heating concepts
2
3
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1. Overview
The joining of structural elements is an important step in the
production of modern aircrafts. The reason is that the integrity
of the structure must always be guaranteed in a scenario with
temperature variations between -50 °C and 125 °C where high
loads are applied. In this context, several approaches to join
components have been investigated during the last decades.
These joining technologies mainly consider permanent solu-
tions that cannot be disassembled e.g. riveting, bonding or
welding.
Typically, the joining of aerospace components in commercial
airplanes has been an operation carried out by riveting [1]. The
main advantage of this technique compared to other joining
techniques, such as bonding or welding, is the possibility to
have a multiple load paths. As a consequence, if some rivets
fail, other can take the load without failure at the joint. For this
reason, this technique is still widely used today also for join-
ing structural aerospace components, as shown in Figure 1.1,
where an image of a fuselage section of the Boing 787 is
shown.
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
4
Figure 1.1: Image of the carbon fiber reinforced polymer fuselage section of
the Boeing 787 [2].
However, riveting has some drawbacks: 1) the introduction of
load peaks at the region close to the rivets, 2) the relative high
price for the high number of rivets required, and 3) the added
weight to the structure. For these reasons, the aerospace in-
dustry is researching into alternative joining technologies. One
of these joining technologies is adhesive bonding.
Bonding has some advantages compared to riveting. As thou-
sands of rivets are not required it is potentially cheaper, and
adds lower weight to the structure. Additionally, this joining
method introduces a continuous connection with a uniform
load at the joint, forming a rigid, sealed and isolated union
with a less number of components [3, 4]. This is shown in as
shown in Figure 1.2, where a comparison the load case in riv-
eting and bonding is shown.
1.1. OVERVIEW
5
Figure 1.2: Adhesive bonding introduces a uniform load.
The main drawback to adhesive bonding is that the aerospace
requirement of multiple load paths cannot be fulfilled with
classical bondline designs. As a result, damaged bondlines
tend to peel off. Another drawbacks of this technology is that
the quality if the bondlines cannot be controlled by nonde-
structive techniques today, making them difficult to qualify.
Additionally, it requires a number of process operations that
can affect the quality of the joint; e.g. the surface treatment of
the adherents or the curing process of the adhesives. These
operations increase the energy consumption and processing
time [5, 6].
Adhesive systems can be divided with respect to its applica-
tion, having 3 main groups [7]:
Structural adhesives
Non-structural or fixing adhesives
Sealing
For aerospace applications, the bonding systems used are typ-
ically structural adhesives; systems that can join highly loaded
components for long periods of time without failure [8]. Most
commonly used materials are epoxies, cyanoacrylates, acrylics,
urethanes, silicones and thermoplastic hot melts [9]. Of these,
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
6
thermoset epoxies are the most commonly used type of adhe-
sive systems for aerospace applications. They are found in
single component or bi-component systems, where the hard-
ener is applied in a mixing process [8].
Structural adhesives can be found in film form or as a
paste [9]. Today, the state of the art adhesives for bonding
metals and Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymers (CFRP) struc-
tures are epoxy based films due to the higher mechanical per-
formance and processing ease [10]. One typical application of
film adhesives is the bonding of the honeycomb core to the
facings in composite sandwich structure [11]. These systems
are typically one component thus making its application rela-
tively simple. They use a support carrier to control the mini-
mum thickness between the bonding partners what guaran-
tees a good and reproducible quality of the bonded joint [12-
15]. The drawback of this technology is related to the required
accuracy of the bondline thickness, leading high requirements
in terms of geometrical accuracy of the components to be
bonded. Additionally, these single component adhesive films
typically require refrigerated storage and a curing process that
is in most of the applications carried out in an autoclave, in-
creasing the energy consumption and the costs.
In contrast, paste adhesives can be applied in regions with
small geometry variations in the bondline thickness. The min-
imum bondline thickness is guaranteed by the use of spacers
e.g. glass beads. The adherents are accurately fixed during the
curing stage as some force is needed to keep the components
together, making the tooling typically more complex than for
film adhesives. These systems are typically used as liquid
shims in riveted structures and also in repair operations. Paste
adhesives are typically cheaper than film adhesives and do not
require a refrigerated storage. Additionally, they do not re-
quire autoclave pressure in the curing process, as it would
1.2. CLEAN SKY JTI
7
squeeze the adhesive. As a consequence, the curing process
can be applied locally at the bondline, reducing the process
energy consumption.
1.2. Clean Sky JTI
This research project is conducted in the frame of the Clean
Sky JTI. The objective of this unique public-private partner-
ship is to speed up technological breakthrough developments
and shorten the time to market for new solutions tested on full
scale aircrafts demonstrators.
The Clean Sky project is divided in one technology evaluator
and six integrated technology demonstrators (ITD):
Green regional aircraft
SMART Fixed wing Aircraft
Green rotorcraft
Sustainable and Green engines
System for Green Operation
Eco-Design
This doctoral study is part of the Eco-Design ITD. The main
objective of this ITD is to reduce the product environmental
impact considering the competitiveness of the aeronautical
industry. Its goals are set by the ACARE (Advisory Council
for Aviation Research and Innovation in Europe):
“To make substantial progress in reducing the environmental impact
of the manufacture, maintenance and disposal of aircraft and related
products.”[16]
The research in Eco-Design ITD is focused on design, produc-
tion, maintenance, and withdrawal and recycling of compo-
nents. The research activities include the development of new
material and process technologies and its demonstration in
real aircraft components. In this context, the work presented in
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
8
this dissertation, focuses a novel processing methodology for
paste adhesives.
1.3. Motivation
Aerospace suppliers are aiming to improve the efficiency and
reduce costs for the next generation of aircrafts. As a part of
this, adhesive suppliers are doing research into toughened
epoxy paste adhesive formulations with high mechanical
properties and low curing temperatures.
These systems aim for mechanical performance and pro-
cessing robustness comparable to film adhesive systems, yet
having the advantage that they can be easily stored and do not
require autoclave curing. Additionally, the low curing tem-
perature reduces the power consumption, making the process
more sustainable. However, the major drawback of decreasing
the curing temperature is that the paste adhesive systems re-
quire long curing processes.
In this context, the reduction of the curing time of paste adhe-
sive is desirable to deal with the increasing delivery demand
in the aerospace industry [10]. Reducing the adhesive curing
time could increase the production rate of aircrafts and reduce
the repair time, meaning benefits in production costs and en-
ergy consumption. For this reason, this research project inves-
tigates the possibility to accelerate the curing process of paste
adhesives used in aerospace composite structures.
1.4. Research needs
In order to reduce the processing time of paste adhesives,
higher curing temperatures could be used [17-19]. However,
this is not typically considered for two reasons:
The first reason is the heating methods that are typically used
today; thermal heating in forced convection ovens have a high
1.4. RESEARCH NEEDS
9
thermal inertia. As a result, they require long times and a large
amount of heat energy to increase the temperature, limiting
the temperature profiles that can be applied.
The second reason, is that the increment of the curing temper-
ature is limited by void formation, which increases when
higher temperatures are applied [20]. Voids are formed due to
the evaporation of moisture, the degradation of some chemi-
cals, and the expansion of air trapped during the mixing pro-
cess. The presence of voids leads to a decrease of the mechani-
cal performance of the bonded system [21-23]. A micrograph
of a paste adhesive with voids is shown in Figure 1.3, showing
how voids reduce the effective bonding area.
Figure 1.3: Adhesive sample with high void formation.
In this context, the investigation needs to define a strategy to
increase the curing temperature that does not affect the me-
chanical performance by production of voids. Last but not
1000 µm
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
10
least, this strategy must be validated with different paste ad-
hesive systems and in different geometries to ensure its re-
peatability and robustness.
1.5. Research objective
The main goal of this dissertation is to accelerate the curing
process of paste adhesives used in the bonding of aerospace
composite structures. The approach must ensure the robust-
ness of the process with respect to the different processing
parameters.
As a result, the optimal conditions to join the structural com-
ponents and the limitations of the proposed approach must be
defined.
1.6. Approach
The research contained in this dissertation defines an original
methodology aiming to answer to the following question:
How can the curing temperature of paste adhesives be increased to
accelerate the curing process, while ensuring good bondline quality
and a robust bonding process?
To answer this question, the curing cycle of an epoxy paste
adhesive is thoroughly analyzed, establishing the relation be-
tween the temperature applied, the resulting void formation
in the paste adhesive and the mechanical performance of the
adhesive bonded joint. This study is used as a baseline to set
the hypotheses of the research and to define the limits of the
process acceleration. It is based on the idea that voids are
formed at the beginning of the curing process, due to the low
viscosity of the paste adhesive. Considering the cure progres-
sion of the paste adhesive, e.g. when the gelling stage is
achieved, the temperature of the curing process can be in-
creased as the paste adhesive is more resistant to void for-
1.7. STRUCTURE OF THE THESIS
11
mation. As a consequence, a novel methodology to accelerate
the process is defined.
To validate this hypothesis, a heating method that can vary
the temperature fast and independently of the component size
is needed. As a result, the flexibility of different heating meth-
ods that could be used as an alternative to thermal heating is
investigated. Additionally, a simulation tool is modeled to
investigate the robustness of the process by analyzing the im-
pact of the process parameters to the bondline quality. Finally,
the optimal curing process obtained as a result of the pro-
posed simulation approach is experimentally validated at both
a coupon level and in a real aerospace component level to as-
sess the applicability of the research conducted.
1.7. Structure of the thesis
This doctoral thesis has 5 parts and 11 chapters, dividing the
whole research into the diverse topics considered.
In Part I (Chapters 1 and 2), the research topic is presented,
stating with the motivation, the goal and the approach of this
investigation. Additionally, the state of the art for the heating
of paste adhesives is summarized.
In Part II, the modeling and simulation of the different phe-
nomena occurring during the curing process are described.
This Part makes up Chapters 3 to 5, detailing the investiga-
tions carried out to model the cure kinetics, the degradation
kinetics and the overall simulation process of the heating pro-
cess respectively.
In Part III, the methodology for the acceleration of the curing
process of paste adhesives is defined. First, the effects of the
temperature in an isothermal curing process are investigated
in Chapter 6. Then, the effect of the degree of cure in the cur-
CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
12
ing reaction process is investigated in Chapter 7. Finally, the
curing process is optimized in Chapter 8.
In Part IV, the methodology investigated is applied to a real
aerospace component, defined in Chapter 9. Then, this com-
ponent is evaluated in Chapter 10, defining the impact of a
complex geometry to the optimization of the curing process
previously defined.
To conclude, the main results of this research and the outlook
for possible future investigations are summarized in Part V.
13
Chapter 2
State of the Art
In this chapter, the state of the art for different heating strate-
gies used today for heating carbon fiber reinforced polymers
are compared, showing the advantages and drawbacks of each
of them.
2.1. Heating strategies in bonding technolo-
gies
Adhesive bonding of composites for aircraft application is to-
day well documented in literature [15]. One of the drawbacks
of this technique is that it requires a number of process steps
e.g. curing, surface treatment of the adherents or correct posi-
tioning of the bonding partners. The curing process is a crucial
step, because it has a direct impact on the mechanical strength
of the joint. This process is usually initiated by heat. Heating
procedures are relying on three physical principles:
Conduction
Convection
Radiation
Typically in industry, the most common techniques to cure
structural adhesives are thermal heating by forced convection
oven or autoclave curing. In the case of paste adhesives, as
pressure cannot be used because it squeezes the adhesive,
force convection ovens are today state of the art. However,
this research aims to investigate other heating strategies that
CHAPTER 2: STATE OF THE ART
14
could accelerate the process considering the environmental
impact. For this reason, the use of different heating principles
is discussed.
2.1.1. Conduction
Conduction principle transfers the energy by the vibration of
the molecules, from those more energetic to those with a lower
energy level [24]. This method is typically used by heat press-
es, heating directly the adherents, as shown in Figure 2.1. In
this scheme, the heating method is represented by red blocks,
transferring the heat at the contact areas to the adherents.
Figure 2.1: Hot press heats the adherents by conduction.
The main advantage of this method is that a very accurate
temperature control is possible. The main disadvantage of this
process is that the number of bonded assemblies and the ge-
ometry of them are limited to the geometry of the plates. This
system is difficult to move and cannot be applied directly to a
big part to be bonded. Another disadvantage is that this sys-
tem requires a long time to heat up the rather heavy plates.
2.1.2. Convection
The transfer of energy by convection is composed by two sim-
ultaneous mechanisms, a molecular diffusion and a global
movement, which can be improved by the increase of the fluid
flow [25]. This heat transfer mechanism is typically used by
Hot press
Adherents
Adhesive
2.1. HEATING STRATEGIES IN BONDING TECHNOLOGIES
15
forced convection ovens and autoclaves. By this method, the
air inside the oven is initially heated up. Then, the air transfers
the heat to the parts to be bonded. The temperature measure-
ment is carried out by thermocouples placed inside the oven,
allowing certain temperature control. A scheme of this heating
method is shown in Figure 2.2, representing a warm oven as a
red rectangle, heating the parts at the free surface areas.
Figure 2.2: Oven heats all the components
The main advantage of this method is that it can control the
temperature accurately and allows heating several parts at the
same time. Another advantage is that this method allows heat-
ing all kind of materials because the heat exchange is carried
out through the air. As a consequence, the heat exchange de-
pends only on the heat capacity of the material to be heated.
The main disadvantage of this heating method is the high
power consumption compared to other methods resulting in a
low efficiency [26]. The reason is that this method requires
heating up all the air inside the oven, the inner shell of the ov-
en and the complete component and assembly rig, requiring
time and energy. Another disadvantage of this method is the
slow flexibility on the temperature cycle applied to the part to
be heated, requiring longer time than other methods to in-
crease the temperature.
Adherents
Adhesive
Forced convection oven
CHAPTER 2: STATE OF THE ART
16
2.1.3. Radiation
In heating strategies based on radiation such as Electron
Beams (EB), induction, lasers and microwaves, the energy
transfer is occurring through electromagnetic waves as a result
of changes in the electronic configurations of atoms and mole-
cules [27]. The transferred energy depends on the amplitude
of the electromagnetic waves to heat directly the adhesive or
the bonding partners. Typical frequencies for heating cover X-
rays [28], ϒ-rays, ultraviolet (UV) [29] and infrared (IR). Lasers
can also be used for heating applications. Performance of UV
light and EB systems is considered to be insufficient for aero-
space applications [30]. Microwaves are very suitable for heat-
ing polymers but its application on composites is still in the
research phase [31].
Induction heating is based in the exposition of an electrical or
magnetic conductive material, called susceptor, to an alternat-
ing electromagnetic field [32]. The heat is generated in the sus-
ceptor by two mechanisms, induction of Eddy currents and
Hysteresis, depending on the susceptors properties.
Induction heating by Eddy currents
If the material is electrically conductive, then it is heated by
the effect of Eddy currents, following the induction law,
shown in Eq. 2.1. It states that the induced voltage [V] de-
pends on the change of the magnetic flux [Wb] with
time [33].
2.1
The Magnetic flux through a conductive loop can be written as
in Eq. 2.2, and depends on the vacuum permeability,
[V·s/A·m], the area enclosed by the loop, [m2], and the mag-
netic field
2.1. HEATING STRATEGIES IN BONDING TECHNOLOGIES
17
2.2
The induced current [A] will depend on the resistance of
the conductive material, and can be written like Eq. 2.3
by combining Eqs. 2.1 and 2.2.
2.3
This will lead in a heat generation, [W], according to Joule’s
law, shown in Eq. 2.4.
2.4
Finally, the power dissipated in the susceptor P [W] by induc-
tion currents can be calculated as shown in Eq. 2.5.
2.5
Induction heating by Hysteresis
If the material is ferromagnetic, hysteresis effect appears [34].
When an alternating magnetic H-field is applied to a ferro-
magnetic material, it is initially magnetized until it achieves
the saturation point S, shown in Figure 2.3. Once magnetized,
it follows the curve S-R-C-S’-S. This means that if no magnetic
field is applied, a remaining magnetic field Br [T], least. The
area surrounded by the hysteresis loop is proportional to the
power generated by hysteresis associated to processes losses.
CHAPTER 2: STATE OF THE ART
18
Figure 2.3: Hysteresis loop of a ferromagnetic susceptor.
The heating power can be calculated with the following rela-
tion:
∫
2.6
where [W] is the power generated by the hysteresis effect,
V [m3] is the volume of the work piece, f [Hz] is the frequency
and [Vs/Am] is the magnetic permeability, being the product
of the relative permeability [-] and the vacuum permeabil-
ity [Vs/Am].
In this context, the power generated can be controlled by:
Frequency of the alternating magnetic field
Permeability of the ferromagnetic material
The magnetic H-field applied.
Total susceptors volume.
Skin effect
B [T]
O [A/m]-
-
C
R
Field removal
Initial magnetization
2.1. HEATING STRATEGIES IN BONDING TECHNOLOGIES
19
This effect occurs in the heating process of an electrical con-
ductive material. It is characterized by the skin depth, also
known as penetration depth. It represents the maximum depth
that the material absorbs the 87 % of the energy induced [35].
If the conductor is thinner than this value, the heating by in-
duction is considered to be homogeneous in all the thickness.
Otherwise, a temperature gradient is created inside of the
work piece. For alternating current, the skin depth can be cal-
culated with the following relation:
√
√ 2.7
Where [m] is the skin depth and [S/m] is the electrical
conductivity of the material to be heated.
Induction heating of paste adhesives
Induction heating is today widely used in industry, principal-
ly for forging or brazing of electrical conductive materials [36,
37]. However, its applicability depends on the electromagnetic
properties of the material to be heated.
In the case of heating composites with induction, the good
electrical conductivity of carbon fibers, together with the high
fiber volume content, makes CFRP a good option to be used as
adherent in a bonding process [26, 38, 39]. By the induction of
Eddy currents, CFRP plates can be locally heated in the
bondline area, transferring the heat to the paste adhesive by
conduction, as shown in the scheme in Figure 2.4 [40, 41].
CHAPTER 2: STATE OF THE ART
20
Figure 2.4: Induction heats the CFRP area close to the coil.
Advantages of this technology are the low power consump-
tion, the possibility to rapidly change the energy input to the
adherent and the local application of the heat generated by
induced currents [40]. Other advantages are that this heating
system permits an accurate control of the temperature applied
and it is also a portable system, allowing bonding complex
shapes and big assemblies.
The main disadvantage of this technique is it cannot be initial-
ly applied to directly heat non-conductive materials, as the
paste adhesive.
2.2. Preliminary investigations
After defining the three heat transfer methods existing, hot
press, forced convection oven and induction heating are com-
pared. The evaluation is performed according to the following
criteria.
Mechanical properties of the joint.
Heating rate generated.
Temperature distribution in the bondline.
Energy consumption.
Controllability of the process.
Adherents (Susceptor)
Adhesive
Induction heating coil
2.2. PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS
21
In order to analyze the effect on the mechanical properties,
single lap shear samples (SLS) are bonded with the different
heating methods and then they are mechanically tested. De-
tails of the preparation of samples, bonding process are given
in the Appendix A.
To analyze the heating rate, the temperature generated and
the controllability of the process, a qualitative test is carried
out comparing the different techniques. This test consists on
heating a CFRP plate (200 mm x 100 mm x 1 mm) from room
temperature (20 °C) to 100 °C with full power, comparing the
performance of the different heating methods. The tempera-
ture is measured by a Thermocouple type J, excepting for in-
duction heating. In this case an IR pyrometer (Impac IN 510-N,
LumaSense Technologies, Santa Clara, CA) is used, as com-
mented in Appendix B.1. Additionally, the energy consump-
tion is calculated considering the heating stages and the cool-
ing systems used.
2.2.1.1. Effect on the mechanical properties
The samples are cured at about 100 °C for 60 minutes with the
processing parameters summarized in Table 2.1. The results of
the SLS test are summarized in Table 2.2 and Figure 2.5.
CHAPTER 2: STATE OF THE ART
22
Table 2.1: Parameters used to cure SLS samples.
Heating
method Supplier Model Input
Oven Herareus UT 6120 100 °C
Hot press Fontijne Grotnes TP 400 100 °C
Induction Ambrell EasyHeat Distance coil-
plate= 6 mm
I = 44A freq =
262’000 Hz Table 2.2: Results of the SLS test.
Heating method
Bondline
thickness
[mm]
Shear
strength
[MPa]
Fracture
mode
Oven 0.35 ± 0.05 23.6 ± 2.4 Adherent
Hot press 0.35 ± 0.04 24.5 ± 2.9 Adherent
Induction 0.42 ± 0.01 24.4 ± 1.5 Adherent
Figure 2.5: SLS results.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Oven Hot press Induction
Sh
ear
Str
eng
th [
MP
a]
2.2. PRELIMINARY INVESTIGATIONS
23
Result show that all the heating methods tested cure the paste
adhesive without causing a decrease on the mechanical per-
formance.
2.2.1.2. Heating rate, temperature distribution, controllability
of the process and energy consumption
The time to heat up a CFRP plate (200 mm x 100 mm x 1 mm)
is measured for the different heating methods at full power.
Results are summarized in Table 2.3.
Table 2.3: Time necessary to heat up a CFRP plate.
Heating
method
S
[kVA]
Time
[min]
Heating
rate
[°C/min]
Power con-
sumption
[kWh]
Oven 2.2 16.7 4.79 0.55
Hot press 10 6.9 11.59 1.04
Induction 3.6 0.15 533 7.0·10-3
The heating rates differ within the methods tested in some
orders of magnitude. Induction heating can generate big heat-
ing rates in the CFRP meaning a more flexible and controllable
process than oven and hot press.
Regarding the temperature distribution, oven and hot press
can heat the entire CFRP surface by different physical princi-
ples: convection and conduction respectively. Induction is lim-
ited to the coil area, but a proper design can cover all the
bondline area. With oven and hot press, the heating is con-
ducted from the surface of the assembly. This leads to a higher
temperature gradient than with induction heating, which
heats from the interface between adhesive and adherent, lead-
ing to a smother distribution.
CHAPTER 2: STATE OF THE ART
24
Finally, the power consumption of induction is lower than
oven and hot press. However, the use of oven curing allows
heating more than one component at the same time.
2.3. Discussion
After analyzing the performance of the three heating methods
investigated, their further use is discussed.
Table 2.4: Summary of the performance of the heating methods investigated.
Property Oven Hot
press Induction
Mechanical properties of the
joint ++ ++ ++
Heating rate generated - - ++
Temperature distribution in the
bondline ++ + +
Energy consumption - - ++
Controllability of the process - -- +
Oven heating, despite being today’s state of the art, shows
certain limitations compared to other heating methods consid-
ered in this dissertation e.g. high power consumption. Anoth-
er drawback is the low heating rates that can achieve, limiting
the flexibility of the process. The same limitations can be
found with the hot press, which additionally require parallel
samples or special mold design to be heated.
Finally, induction heating shows low power consumption and
a flexibility to generate high heating rates. The flexibility on
the temperature application makes induction a heating meth-
od with a big potential for research. The main drawback of
this method is that it is initially limited to conductive adher-
2.3. DISCUSSION
25
ents and/or adhesives. However, this concept is not of interest
in the case of bonding CFRP structures, as the heat is conduct-
ed from the adherents to the paste adhesive. For this reason,
the results of a study analyzing potential alternatives for
bonding non electrical conductive adherents are summarized
in Appendix B.5.
For these reasons, this heating method is selected for further
research in order to fulfill the goals and challenges of this dis-
sertation.
CHAPTER 2: STATE OF THE ART
26
27
Part II
Modeling & Simulation
28
29
Chapter 3
Modeling of the Cure Kinetics
In this chapter, the modeling of the cure kinetics of a paste
adhesive by DSC analysis is detailed. This study defines the
relationship between temperature, time and degree of cure of
the paste adhesives under study.
A summary of the results presented in this chapter have been
published as a part of an Article in the International Journal of
Adhesion and Adhesives (see Sánchez Cebrián, A., Basler, R.,
Klunker, F., Zogg M., Acceleration of the curing process of a paste
adhesive for aerospace applications considering cure dependent void
formations, International Journal of Adhesion and Adhesives,
2014. 48: p. 51-58.)
3.1. Introduction
The modeling of the cure kinetics permits obtaining the rela-
tion between temperature, time and the degree of cure of a
chemical reaction. In the context of this research, the modeling
of the cure kinetics of the paste adhesives under study is nec-
essary to optimize the process and to evaluate samples. The
reason is that this model gives the information about the cur-
ing progression of the paste adhesive during the heating stage.
This information is used thorough this dissertation to calculate
the degree of cure of a sample for any curing cycle applied at
any point of the process.
One of the most widely used methods for the analysis of the
cure kinetics is the thermal analysis by DSC [42]. This tech-
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
30
nique permits to measure the exothermal energy during the
curing process for a defined thermal program, which can be
isothermal or dynamic. By this energy released, the degree of
cure can be measured following Eq. 3.1. This value varies from
0 in non-cured samples to 1 for samples completely cured.
∫
3.1
The degree of cure can be calculated as the relation of released
heat for a certain period of time respecting the overall heat
enthalpy of the chemical reaction.
The overall heat enthalpy is calculated by direct integration of
the heat flow. One option is using isothermal measurements at
temperatures high enough to complete the curing process.
Nevertheless, this procedure is not recommended by many
authors [43] because a part of the heat may not be detected by
the calorimeter. This can occur when the temperature is too
low and the released heat is lower than the sensitivity of the
equipment or if part of the energy is released during the stabi-
lization process of the equipment. Another reason is that if the
heating rate is too fast, the curing process may not be complet-
ed in the range of temperatures selected, leading to a wrong
measurement. For these reasons, typically a dynamic curing is
used to measure the overall heat enthalpy. One example of a
DSC measurement is shown in Figure 3.1. The chemical reac-
tion is limited between and , selected by the change of the
slope of the measurement curve.
3.1. INTRODUCTION
31
Figure 3.1: DSC curve with a heating rate of 10 °C/min.
Since the 70s, the polymerization kinetics of thermosets has
been mater of intense research. As a consequence, there are
today several models defining a relationship between temper-
ature, time and the degree of cure for thermoset resins as the
paste adhesives [44-46]. Different approaches have been pro-
posed, distinguishing principally between the phenomenolog-
ical kinetic and the mechanistic models [44, 45].
The difference is that whereas the first one is based on empiri-
cal results, the second accounts the balance of chemical species
involved in the reaction thus forming mathematical relations.
Mechanistic models can result to be very complex in the case
of the curing of paste adhesives. For this reason in this disser-
tation, the phenomenological kinetic modeling by DSC is con-
sidered [44, 45].
The phenomenological kinetic model is described by an ordi-
nary differential equation, Eq. 3.2, defining the conversion rate
as a function of degree of cure and temperature.
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
En
do
ther
mic
hea
t fl
ow
[m
W]
Temperature [°C]
T1 = 28 °C
T2 = 211 °C
Overall heat = 260.97 [J/g]
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
32
3.2
There exist several models defining this chemical reaction [46].
The most important are:
n-th order reaction:
3.3
Autocatalytic reaction:
3.4
n-th order + autocatalytic reaction (“Kamal and So-
rour” model [43].)
3.5
Parameter k is the overall rate constant having an Arrhenius
form as shown in Eq. 3.6:
(
) 3.6
These models differ mainly on the maximum curing conver-
sion rate point, different for each thermoset. Autocatalytic
chemical reactions the maximum conversion rate is at about 30
% of the chemical reaction. For the n-th order reactions the
maximum conversion rate is at the beginning of the chemical
reaction.
Using these three models as a base, there are many extended
models using functions instead of constant values as reaction
parameters [47, 48]. One of the most common extensions, con-
sidered in this dissertation, is the one considering a division of
the curing reaction in “chemical controlled” part and “diffu-
3.2. EXPERIMENTAL
33
sion controlled” part. This extension models the vitrification of
the thermoset, having the chemical controlled part until vitri-
fication occurs and then having a diffusion controlled part
[49]. This extension can be applied to any of the three main
models in order to improve the accuracy of the prediction.
In order to determine the parameters to model the chemical
reaction of the resin under study, experimental data is ob-
tained by DSC. This data is analyzed and compared to existing
models, selecting the one that fits best. Then, this data is used
by the fitting algorithm called lsqcurvefit (Matlab®) together
with the model selected, calculating the reaction parameters.
Finally, the model is validated by comparing predicted con-
version values with samples cured combining isothermal and
dynamic curing cycles.
3.2. Experimental
The equipment used in this investigation is the DSC 1 (Perkin
Elmer, USA). The samples analyzed are previously weighted
(AD-6 Microbalance, Perkin Elmer, USA) having always a
weight between 5 and 10 mg. In order to consider the effect of
instabilities of the equipment e.g. irregular flow of the gas
used for the cooling, the measurements are corrected with
baselines. The thermal program described in this dissertation,
if not indicated the contrary, has four steps as follows:
Initial step of 1 minute at 30 °C to stabilize the meas-
urement.
Heating at 50 °C /min to targeted isothermal tempera-
ture.
Isothermal heating for 60 minutes.
Final post cure, heating up until 300 °C at 10 °C/min.
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
34
3.3. Cure kinetics modeling of the LME
10049-4 / LMB 6687-2
3.3.1. Overall heat enthalpy measurement
The overall heat enthalpy of the paste adhesive LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2 is used as reference to calculate the degree of cure
of all the validated samples.
In order to select a correct heating rate, a preliminary study is
carried out. Previous research has proved that the value of the
heating rate must be in the range between 2 °C/min and
15 °C/min to avoid similar problems as commented for iso-
thermal measurements [50]. In this context, 8 samples are
heated between 0 °C and 300 °C considering different heating
rates between 5 and 15 °C/min.
Results of all the samples are summarized in Table 3.1.
Table 3.1: Results of the overall heat enthalpy measurement.
Heating
rate
[°C/min]
[J/g] Average
Value
262.0 ± 6.9
1 2 3 4 5
5 259.3 261.0 269.0 258.5 273.0
10 261.2 252.3 - - -
15 231.2 - - - - -
The decrease of the overall measured enthalpy in the samples
cured with 15 °C/min is most likely due to that the chemical
reaction is not completed. All the other samples measured
show a similar value. For this reason, the validation of all the
samples measured in this dissertation is carried out with a
heating rate of 10 °C/min in order to save time, using a refer-
3.3. CURE KINETICS MODELING OF THE LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2
35
ence overall heat of 262 J/g. This value is the average of the 7
values obtained by heating at 5 °C/min and 10 °C/min.
3.3.2. Model selection
After the overall heat is determined, the model of the cure ki-
netics is selected. As mentioned in Section 3.1, the models con-
sidered in this dissertation differ on the point of maximum
heating rate. In order to measure this point, different samples
are cured isothermally at different temperatures. Samples are
cured twice for each temperature in order to ensure repeatabil-
ity. Results of the degree of cure are conversion rate are shown
in Figure 3.2 and Figure 3.3 respectively.
Figure 3.2: DSC measurements.
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Time [min]
0 20 40 60 80 100
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
70 °C80 ° C90 ° C100 ° C110 ° C
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
36
Figure 3.3: Conversion rate of the different measurements.
Figure 3.3 shows that the maximum conversion rate is ob-
served at the beginning of the curing process. This means that
the curing reaction behaves as an n-th order.
3.3.3. Modeling of the cure kinetics
The logarithmic form of the n-th order equation (Eq. 3.3) can
be rewritten as in Eq. 3.7.
(
) 3.7
As shown in Eq. 3.7, the model has a linear form, .
The reaction order n [-] is determined by calculating the slope
of the curve for each isothermal measurement. The results are
summarized in Table 3.2.
Time [min]
6
5
4
3
2
1
00 10 20 30 40 50 60
70 °C80 ° C90 ° C100 ° C110 ° C
Co
nv
ersi
on
rate
[-]
x 10-3
3.3. CURE KINETICS MODELING OF THE LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2
37
Table 3.2: n-th order model parameters by lineal regression.
Temperature[K] n [-] ln (k) [-]
343 1.57 -7.26
353 1.71 -6.80
363 1.42 -6.19
373 1.68 -5.72
383 1.78 -5.24
As experienced by other authors [48], the parameter n is not a
constant value. For this reason an average value of n = 1.66 is
used, as proposed in [51]. Figure 3.4 shows the ln (k) as a func-
tion of the inverse isothermal temperature T.
Figure 3.4: Measurement and fitting of ln (k).
The linear behavior of the curve in Figure 3.4 is explained by
the logarithmic formulation of Eq. 3.6:
l[-
]
Temperature-1 [1/K] x 10-3
-5.0
-5.5
-6.0
-6.5
-7.0
-7.52.6 2.65 2.7 2.75 2.8 2.85 2.9 2.95 3
MeasurementFitting
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
38
3.8
The pre-exponential factor A [1/s] is calculated by the intersec-
tion with the y-axis. The activation energy E [J/mol], is the
slope of the line. Results of the parameters are summarized in
Table 3.3 and experimental and predicted values are com-
pared in Figure 3.5.
Table 3.3: Parameters of the n-th order model.
Parameter Value Unit
A 233’403 [1/s]
E 56’087 [J/mol]
n 1.66 [-]
Figure 3.5: Comparison of n-th order and experimental data.
The n-th order model gives higher predicted conversion val-
ues than measured. This can be explained by the phenomena
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Time [min]
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.00 20 40 60 80 100
Experimental 70 °CFitting 70 °CExperimental 80 ° CFitting 80 ° CExperimental 90 ° CFitting 90 ° CExperimental 100 ° CFitting 100 ° CExperimental 110 ° CFitting 110 ° C
3.3. CURE KINETICS MODELING OF THE LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2
39
of diffusion that occurs after a system approaches vitrification.
The effect of vitrification in the cure kinetics is that the reac-
tion rate decreases two or three orders of magnitude, explain-
ing the overestimation of the n-th order model. In order to
consider this effect, the values obtained are used as initial val-
ues for a fitting algorithm with the experimental data obtained
by DSC. This means that the new values fit more accurately to
the chemical controlled region at the beginning of the chemical
reaction, before vitrification occurs. Then, once this region is
correctly modeled, further parameters must be considered to
complete the modeling of the whole chemical reaction.
As a result, the parameters in Table 4.3 are calculated. The pa-
rameters are shown in Table 3.4 and Figure 3.6.
Table 3.4: n-th order model parameters in the chemical controlled part.
Parameter Value Unit
A 112’280 [1/s]
E 53’795 [J/mol]
n 1.63 [-]
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
40
Figure 3.6: n-th order model in the chemical controlled part.
In this case, a better fitting is obtained at the beginning of the
chemical reaction. This part of the chemical reaction is named
chemical controlled region, as can be observed in Figure 3.7.
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Time [min]
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.00 20 40 60 80 100
Experimental 70 °CFitting 70 °CExperimental 80 ° CFitting 80 ° CExperimental 90 ° CFitting 90 ° CExperimental 100 ° CFitting 100 ° CExperimental 110 ° CFitting 110 ° C
3.3. CURE KINETICS MODELING OF THE LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2
41
Figure 3.7: Chemical and diffusion controlled parts.
Once the parameters of the chemical controlled part are calcu-
lated, the model is extended to consider vitrification phenom-
ena [47]. The modified n-th order model considers the overall
reaction rate constant k divided in a chemical controlled [-]
and a diffusion controlled part [-], as shown in Eq. 3.9.
3.9
The chemical controlled part is defined by the parameters cal-
culated in Table 3.4. The diffusion controlled part is described
as function of the temperature T [K], the conversion [-] and
the glass transition temperature, following the William-
Landel-Ferry (WLF) equation, shown in Eq. 3.10 [47, 52, 53].
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Time [min]
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.00 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
70 °C80 ° C90 ° C100 ° C110 ° C
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
42
(
)
|
| 3.10
To calculate all the parameters, at first [K] and
[K]
are experimentally determined and then the parameters [K]
and [1/s] are calculated. The parameter [K] is the
WLF universal rate constant, equal to 51.6 K [47, 52, 54].
To determine [K] and
[K], the relationship between
the glass transition temperature and the corresponding con-
version rate [-] is defined using the DiBenedetto equation,
shown in Eq. 3.11 [55, 56]
3.11
In a DSC-signal, the glass transition can be found as a shift in
the curve into the endothermic direction. The reason is that the
specific heat capacity Cp is increasing at the glass transition
temperature. [57]. The experimental data is fitted into the
DiBenedetto equation, as shown in Figure 3.8.
Figure 3.8: Conversion rate vs. Tg in the measurements.
3.3. CURE KINETICS MODELING OF THE LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2
43
The parameters obtained from the fitting are summarized in
Table 3.5. These parameters are used just as reference and are
calculated in a later fitting. The reason is that the measure-
ments of the glass transition temperature are carried out by
the DSC software, instead with a temperature modulated DSC
(TM-DSC), which would give more accurate results [43].
Table 3.5: Fitted parameters at the DiBenedetto equation.
Parameter Value Unit
0.2348 [-]
259 [K]
398 [K]
In order to solve the WLF equation, is still unknown.
This parameter is calculated following Eq. 3.11 but with
instead of , being the conversion rate in the change
between chemical controlled and diffusion controlled part.
is calculated using data from the measurements and the
calculated parameters shown in Table 4.3. The values of
are shown in Table 3.6 and Figure 3.7.
Table 3.6: αonset at different temperatures.
Temperature[K] [-]
343 0.64
353 0.72
363 0.78
373 0.85
383 0.90
To show the dependency of with the temperature,
Eq. 3.12 is used [58].
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
44
(
) 3.12
is a fitting parameter and is the hypothetical temperature
below which there is no chemical reaction. The plot of
and the resulting parameters are shown in Figure 3.9 and Ta-
ble 3.7.
Figure 3.9: Fitting of αonset
Table 3.7: Fitted parameters of αonset.
Parameter Value Unit
273 [K]
856 [K]
Afterwards, the parameter is rewritten considering the
WLF and the DiBenedetto equations. Logarithms are also ap-
plied to the resulting equation, having the final form shown in
Eq. 3.13.
Temperature [K]
[-]
1.0
0.95
0.9
0.85
0.8
0.75
0.7
0.65
0.60
MeasurementFitting
340 350 360 370 380
3.3. CURE KINETICS MODELING OF THE LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2
45
|
|
3.13
With this equation having linear form, it is possible to calcu-
late and , as shown in Table 3.8.
Table 3.8: Values of C1 and KDonset.
Temperature[K] [-]
[1/s]
Average value
[K]
[1/s] 343 9.3 7.510-4
3.6 0.0084
353 2.7 0.0045
363 3.2 0.0060
373 1.6 0.0110
383 1.3 0.0199
As the adhesive does not show a clear separation between
chemical and diffusion controlled part, the average values of
both parameters, and , are used. A summary of all
the parameters calculated is shown in Table 3.9.
Table 3.9: Summary of all the fitted parameters.
Parameter A E n
Value 112’280 53’795 1.63 0.2348 259 398
Unit 1/s J/mol - - K K
Parameter
Value 856 273 3.6 51.6 0.0084
Unit K K - K 1/s
With these parameters, experimental and predicted values are
compared, as shown in Figure 3.10.
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
46
Figure 3.10: n-th order model fitting at the chemical region.
The n-th order model considering chemical and diffusion con-
trolled regions adjusts more to the experimental data. All
these parameters are then used in by the curve fitting algo-
rithm (lsqcurvefit) as starting values. Then, the fitted parame-
ters are calculated and summarized in Table 3.10.
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Time [min]
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Experimental 70 °CFitting 70 °CExperimental 80 ° CFitting 80 ° CExperimental 90 ° CFitting 90 ° CExperimental 100 ° CFitting 100 ° CExperimental 110 ° CFitting 110 ° C
3.3. CURE KINETICS MODELING OF THE LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2
47
Table 3.10: Summary of all the fitted parameters.
Parameter A E n
Value 112’280 53’795 1.63 0.3746 252 399
Unit 1/s J/mol - - K K
Parameter
Value 889 265 9.1 51.6 0.1677·10-3
Unit K K - K 1/s
The comparison between experimental and predicted degree
of cure is shown in Figure 3.11.
Figure 3.11: Fitting of the final model.
These values are obtained with the only limitation of the pa-
rameter , defined by literature. Finally, all process
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Time [min]
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Experimental 70 °CFitting 70 °CExperimental 80 ° CFitting 80 ° CExperimental 90 ° CFitting 90 ° CExperimental 100 ° CFitting 100 ° CExperimental 110 ° CFitting 110 ° C
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
48
for the modeling of the cure kinetics is summarized in Figure
3.12.
Figure 3.12: Scheme for the modeling of the cure kinetics.
3.4. Validation of the model
For the validation of the model, a multiple isothermal curing
profile is considered, shown in Figure 4.13 and Figure 3.14.
The procedure to produce and analyze the samples with the
profiles shown in Table 3.11 is explained in detail in Appendix
B.4. Results are shown in Figure 3.15.
Experimental data obtained byDSC
Cure kinetics model
Fitting of n-th order model
Fitting only in chemical controlled region
Extension of the chemical and diffusion controlled model
Fitting of obtained model parameters
n-th orderAutocatalitic
n-th order + autocatalitic
3.4. VALIDATION OF THE MODEL
49
Figure 3.13: The temperature is increased from T1 to T2.
Figure 3.14: The process will have a faster curing process.
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60Time [min]
T1
T2
t1
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
00 10 20 30 40 50 60
Time [min]
80 ° C100 ° C120 ° C140 ° C
T1
T2
t1
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
50
Table 3.11: Samples for cure kinetics model validation.
Heating
method Temperature profile
Oven 15 min at 40 °C 0.11 0.13 Oven 50 min at 40 °C 0.30 0.30 Oven 60 min at 40 °C 0.34 0.37 Oven 100 min at 40 °C 0.47 0.45 Oven 40 min at 50 °C 0.37 0.37 Oven 30 min at 60 °C 0.44 0.43 Oven 70 min at 60 °C 0.65 0.64 DSC 23 °C to 140 °C at 10 °C/min 0.78 0.8
DSC 23 °C to 140 °C at 25 °C/min 0.57 0.61
DSC 23 °C to 60 °C at 20 °C/min, hold 10
min, 60 °C to 80 °C at 20 °C/min and
hold 10 min.
0.53 0.57
Induction 23 °C to 60 °C at 33 °C/min, hold 10
min, 60 °C to 80 °C at 19 °C/min, hold
10 min.
0.53 0.57
Induction 23 °C to 125 °C at 68 °C/min and hold
2.5 min. 0.67 0.69
Induction 23 °C to 80 °C at 22 °C/min, hold 5
min, 80 °C to 100 °C at 14 °C/min,
hold 5 min.
0.66 0.71
Induction 23 °C to 140 °C at 25 °C/min 0.77 0.80
Induction 15 min at 100 °C, 100 °C to 140 °C at
25 °C/min and hold 5 min. 0.95 0.96
Induction 23 °C to 100 °C at 5 °C/min, 100 °C to
160 °C at 5 °C/min 0.96 0.98
Induction 15 min at 100 °C, 100 °C to 160 °C at
25 °C/min and hold 5 min 0.98 0.99
Induction 12.5 min at 90 °C, 90 °C to 160 °C at
25 °C/min and hold 15 min 1 0.99
3.5. CURE KINETICS MODELING OF THE LME 10625 / LME
10626
51
Figure 3.15: Validation of the cure kinetics model.
The model shows a good accuracy on the prediction of the
degree of cure in the whole range of values tested, showing a
small error especially for a degree of cure higher than 90 %,
where the conversion rate is slower and the accuracy needed
is higher.
3.5. Cure kinetics modeling of the LME
10625 / LME 10626
The modeling of the cure kinetics is also carried out for the
paste adhesive system LME 10625 / LME 10626 from Hunts-
man Advanced Materials considering the approach described
in Figure 3.12. The rational for this investigation is that the
acceleration of the curing process of paste adhesives investi-
gated is carried out for two different paste adhesive systems to
ensure the repeatability of the research. In this context, the
cure kinetics of both systems is individually modeled.
Deg
ree
of
cure
mea
sure
d[-
]
1
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
Degree of cure modeled [-]0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
Induction HeatingForced convection ovenDSC-equipment
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
52
To determine the overall reaction enthalpy, 7 samples are
heated between 0 °C and 250 °C considering different heating
rates between 5 and 15 °C/min. The results are summarized in
Table 3.12.
Table 3.12: Results of the overall heat enthalpy.
Heating
rate
[°C/min]
[J/g]
1 2 3 4 5 Average
Value
322.75 ± 4.4
-
5 324.8
10 325.5 326.6 318.1 316.9 327.7
15 319.6
To determine the fitting parameters, 8 samples are analyzed
by DSC curing them at 4 different temperatures from 80 °C to
140 °C for 1 hour. The results are summarized in Table 3.13.
Table 3.13: Cure kinetics parameters of the LME 10625 / LME 10626.
Parameter A E n
Value 451’711 56’862 0.80 15.32 0.0196 7’163
Unit 1/s J/mol - - K K
Parameter
Value 244 149 6.42 51.6 0.958·10-5
Unit K K - K 1/s
Finally, a comparison between experimental results by DSC
and the model with the fitted parameters is carried out to val-
idate the model, shown in Figure 3.16.
3.6. CONCLUSIONS
53
Figure 3.16: Model validation for the cure kinetics model.
The model shows a good accuracy, having a relative error
lower than 1 % for all the temperatures measured.
3.6. Conclusions
In this chapter, the cure kinetics of the paste adhesive LME
10049-4 / LMB 6687-2 is modeled and validated. Well-known
modeling techniques are used as a reference to select a proper
model and obtain accurate results. An n-th order model is
used as base kinetic model, extending it to consider the vitrifi-
cation process. The model is validated with a dual step heat-
ing process, getting an accurate prediction of the degree of
cure. Finally, the same approach is applied to the paste adhe-
sive LME 10625 / LME 10626, defining as well an accurate
model to predict the cure kinetics.
0,0
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1,0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Time [min]
Experimental 80 °C
Model 80 °C
Experimental 100 °C
Model 100 °C
Experimental 120 °C
Model 120 °C
Experimental 140 °C
Model 140 °C
CHAPTER 3: MODELING OF THE CURE KINETICS
54
55
Chapter 4
Modeling of the Degradation Ki-
netics
In this chapter, the modeling of the void formation of paste
adhesives is detailed. This study defines the relation between
void content, degree of cure, temperature and time for the
paste adhesives under study.
The results presented in this chapter have been published as
an Article in the Journal of Adhesion Science and Technology (see
Sánchez Cebrián, A., Klunker, F., Zogg M., Modeling of void
formation during the curing process of paste adhesives, accepted at
the Journal of Adhesion Science and Technology on Novem-
ber 19.)
4.1. Introduction
The increment of the curing temperature is limited by the
thermal degradation of the paste adhesive due to void for-
mation as higher temperatures are applied [20, 26, 59, 60].
Voids are formed due to the evaporation of moisture, the deg-
radation of chemical components and the expansion of air
trapped during the mixing process, leading to a decrease of
the mechanical performance for the bonded system [21-23].
Maximum void content values can be found in literature for
composite panels and limitations about positioning of voids in
the edge in order to avoid delamination problems [61] How-
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
56
ever, there are no explicit considerations for bonding systems
[62]. The detection of void content in paste adhesives is lim-
ited by the minimum defect size detected by NDI techniques.
If the voids are small enough they may not be detected by NDI
[20]. Today, no reliable NDI method exists to assess quality of
a bonded joint. 2 % void content is generally accepted as max-
imum value in aerospace [63, 64]. In this context, the modeling
of the void formation in relation the temperature applied
would allow to optimize the process with regard to the curing
time, assessing the impact on the mechanical performance.
Previous research has been carried out to model the thermal
degradation kinetics in thermosets due to the widespread use
of these materials in engineering. Current models define the
thermal degradation through the mass evaporation of fully
cured samples heated at high temperatures under isothermal
and non-isothermal conditions [65, 66]. These models show
that epoxy resins have a complex degradation process, over-
lapping the degradation of different components in a wide
temperature range [67, 68]. The models are mainly used to
observe the application limits of such materials and to validate
the performance of additives at high temperature [58, 69-71].
One of the hypotheses of this doctoral dissertation states that
the void formation is not only dependent on the curing tem-
perature and time, but also on the degree of cure of the adhe-
sive. Paste adhesives are more resistant to higher curing tem-
peratures when the degree of cure is higher, especially after
the solidification in the gelation stage [72]. In this chapter, a
novel degradation kinetics model considering the evaporation
of the paste adhesive is defined. This model is based on exper-
imental data obtained with TGA by isothermal curing cycles at
different temperatures. Then, the model is validated compar-
ing the evaporated mass measured by TGA to predicted val-
ues.
4.2. MATHEMATICAL MODEL
57
To complete the model, the relation between void generation
and evaporated mass during the heating process of a paste
adhesive is experimentally established. The final tool predicts
the void content of a paste adhesive produced during the cur-
ing cycle and thus assessing the quality of the bonded joint.
Finally, the repeatability of the research findings is proved by
the modeling of the void formation of the paste adhesive LME
10625 / LME 10626.
4.2. Mathematical model
The degradation kinetic model considered in this investigation
is based on three hypotheses:
The evaporation of the paste adhesive depends on the
curing temperature.
The evaporation of the paste adhesive depends on the
degree of cure of the paste adhesive [-], described in
Chapter 3: Modeling of the Cure Kinetics.
The paste adhesive evaporates, even after the curing
process is completed, if temperatures higher than
[K] are applied.
In order to consider these hypotheses, the model is based on a
multistep decomposition model, considering the evaporation
of components at different temperatures [65, 66]. In this case,
the mass reduction of the paste adhesive is taken into account
in two independent processes occurring at different tempera-
ture ranges: one starting at low temperature and the other oc-
curring at temperatures higher than [K] of the completely
cured system. The model is described as follows:
4.1
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
58
where
[-] is the evaporation rate of the paste adhesive,
and are kinetic constants associated with the
thermal degradation of the adhesive. Additionally,
are fitting parameters associated to the degra-
dation order of the components and [– ] is a fitting parame-
ter associated to the curing reaction rate order. Finally, [-] is
the relative paste adhesive mass and [-]is the relative
mass remaining at the end of the process, which is a function
of the temperature and modeled by following linear relation-
ship with the fitting parameter [1/K] as a constant:
4.2
The kinetic constants [– ] are based on an Arrhenius Equa-
tion [65]. In this case, as there are two evaporation processes
modeled, two kinetic constants are used:
(
) { } 4.3
where [1/s] are the pre-exponential factors and [J/(mol)]
are the activation energies, both of them fitting parameters.
4.3. Experimental
The model of the thermal degradation is firstly applied to the
paste adhesive LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2 from Huntsman
Advanced Materials. TGA curves are used to fit the parame-
ters of the theoretical model: Different isothermal curing cy-
cles with temperatures between 60 °C and 160 °C in steps of
20 °C are applied. The initial ramp from 30 °C to the desired
isothermal temperature is conducted with a heating rate of 25
°C/min. Higher isothermal temperatures are not considered
because they cause an excessive evaporation of the adhesive
and should not be used in the curing process. The TGA curves
4.3. EXPERIMENTAL
59
are obtained with a Perkin Elmer TGA-1 using a nitrogen flow
rate of 50 ml/min, applying the desired curing cycle, which are
previously programmed. The initial mass of the samples is in
the rage of 20 ± 5 mg, measured with the TGA (having a preci-
sion of 0.0001%, a sensitivity of 0.1 μg and accuracy better than
0.02%). All the samples are performed twice, showing good
repeatability with a maximum relative error of 4% between
samples heated with the same cycle. No effect from the exo-
thermal reaction was noticed during the measurements: the
temperature difference between the sample and the program
at the dwell was always lower than the furnace’s temperature
precision. However, in order to consider this effect, the input
data used for the fitting corresponds to the sample tempera-
ture.
Each run is performed for 30 minutes after the initial heating
because the goal is to accelerate the overall curing process to
less than 30 minutes. Additionally for each curve, two base-
lines are subtracted from the original measurement:
An isothermal baseline at 40 °C, corrected with an
empty sample pan baseline. This is used to reference
the measurements with a curing cycle that influences
the weight measurement but does not generate voids.
The second baseline is carried out with an empty
sample pan to consider the gas circulation inside of
the TGA when the temperature is changed.
In order to identify the final [°C] of the cured sample to
complete the theoretical model Eq. 4.1, Dynamic Mechanical
Analysis (DMA) is conducted, using a Perkin Elmer DMA-7.
The sample used is previously cured at 80 °C for 4 hours in the
oven, following the recommendations from the supplier. The
experiment carried out is a 3 point bending test, performed
within a temperature range from 0 °C to 250 °C with a heating
rate of 3 °C/min, applying a nitrogen flow rate of 40 ml/min.
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
60
The samples used have a size of 18 mm x 8 mm x 2 mm. As the
sample is previously cured, it should not be affected by fur-
ther void formation. The force applied was 110 mN of preload
with a sinusoidal dynamic force of ±100 mN at 1 Hz. The point
used to measure the [°C] is the peak of tan (δ) curve, located
at 100.0 °C.
4.4. Mass evaporation modeling
4.4.1. Determination of model parameters
TGA data is fitted considering the model described in Sec-
tion 5.2, using the “least squares” algorithm from Matlab. This
procedure finds the coefficients that best fit the nonlinear
function to the experimental data. The parameters to model
the thermal degradation kinetics of the paste adhesive are
listed in Table 4.1.
Table 4.1: Thermal degradation model parameters.
Parameter Value Parameter Value
61’419 [1/s] 0.52 [-]
59’990 [J/mol] 3.19 [-]
93’719 [1/s] 2.87·10-5 [1/K]
64’932 [J/mol] 897.63 [-]
The comparison between experimental TGA measurements
and fitting is shown in Figure 4.1.
4.4. MASS EVAPORATION MODELING
61
Figure 4.1: Fitting of the thermal degradation model.
The experimental data and the model data show a good
agreement and confirm the hypotheses 1 and 3, stated in Sec-
tion 2. The model shows an increase of the evaporated mass
with a higher temperature applied during the curing process.
Additionally, it is shown that curing with a temperature high-
er than [°C] produced an additional evaporation of the
paste adhesive despite the curing process is completed.
In the lower temperature range, a significant difference be-
tween the model and the measured evaporated mass is ob-
served. The biggest difference is found at 60 °C and in the first
10 minutes at 80 °C, where the relative error is around 30%.
However, this model is designed to be more accurate at tem-
peratures higher than 100 °C. In this region there is a good
agreement between experimental and predicted values. The
maximum relative error of 7% is occurring in the curve of 140
°C. The reason to prefer a better agreement of the model at
higher temperatures and not at low temperatures is that this
0.994
0.995
0.996
0.997
0.998
0.999
1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Rel
ativ
e m
ass
[-]
Time [min]
TGA 60 °C
Model 60 °C
TGA 80 °C
Model 80 °C
TGA 100 °C
Model 100 °C
TGA 120 °C
Model 120 °C
TGA 140 °C
Model 140 °C
TGA 160 °C
Model 160 °C
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
62
model aims to accelerate the process to less than 30 minutes
and therefore temperatures higher than 100 °C are needed.
4.4.2. Validation of the model
The model is validated for different curing cycles shown in
Table 4.2, applied to the paste adhesive by comparing the pre-
dicted and measured evaporated mass.
Table 4.2: Summary of samples used for validation.
Sample
[°C]
[min]
[min]
[°C]
[min]
[min]
1 100 2.8 10 160 2.4 15
2 100 2.8 15 160 2.4 10
3 120 3.6 15 160 1.6 5
4 100 2.8 5 140 1.6 15
5 100 2.8 10 160 2.4 5
6 100 2.8 10 180 3.2 5
7 100 2.8 5 160 2.4 5
8 130 4 15 - - -
9 Heating ramp at 25 °C/min from 30 °C to 190 °C
The comparison between experimental and the predicted
evaporated mass for all the cycles considered are shown in
Figure 4.2 to Figure 4.4.
4.4. MASS EVAPORATION MODELING
63
Figure 4.2: Validation of the heating cycles 1 to 3.
Figure 4.3: Validation of the heating cycles 4 to 6.
0.995
0.9955
0.996
0.9965
0.997
0.9975
0.998
0.9985
0.999
0.9995
1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Rel
ativ
e m
ass
[-]
Time [min]
Sample 1: 100.15.160.10 TGA
Sample 1: 100.15.160.10 Model
Sample 2: 100.10.160.15 TGA
Sample 2: 100.10.160.15 Model
Sample 3: 120.15.160.5 TGA
Sample 3: 120.15.160.5 Model
0.9955
0.996
0.9965
0.997
0.9975
0.998
0.9985
0.999
0.9995
1
0 5 10 15 20 25
Rel
ativ
e m
ass
[-]
Time [min]
Sample 4: 100.5.140.15 TGA
Sample 4: 100.5.140.15 Model
Sample 5: 100.10.160.5 TGA
Sample 5: 100.10.160.5 Model
Sample 6: 100.10.180.5 TGA
Sample 6: 100.10.180.5 Model
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
64
Figure 4.4: Validation of the heating cycles 7 to 9.
In general, the samples show a good agreement between
measurement and prediction, always with relative errors low-
er than 10%. As stated in hypothesis number 1, the higher the
temperature applied in the curing process, the higher the mass
reduction rate. This fact can be observed in Figure 4.2 and
Figure 4.4 for different initial curing process or in Figure 4.3,
for different second heating processes. All the samples show a
steeper slope when applying a higher curing temperature.
Additionally, it is shown that the paste adhesive is more sensi-
tive to thermal degradation at earlier stages of the curing pro-
cess, as stated in the model hypothesis number 2. This fact can
be observed by the logarithmic decrease on the evaporation
curve when the paste adhesive reaches a higher degree of
cure. All samples show a steeper slope on the evaporation
curve at earlier curing stages, e.g. if comparing samples 1 and
2 in Figure 4.2. Sample 2 increases the temperature earlier than
sample 1, thus achieving a higher degree of cure at this point
0.996
0.9965
0.997
0.9975
0.998
0.9985
0.999
0.9995
1
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Rel
ativ
e m
ass
[-]
Time [min]
Sample 7: 100.5.160.5 TGA
Sample 7: 100.5.160.5 Model
Sample 8: 130.15 TGA
Sample 8: 130.15 Model
Sample 9: Ramp 30-190 °C TGA
Sample 9: Ramp 30-190 °C Model
4.4. MASS EVAPORATION MODELING
65
than sample 1. Therefore, at the end of the curve, sample 2
shows a less pronounced evaporation slope on the curve.
Additionally, it can also be observed that after the curing pro-
cess is completed, typically considered when α > 95%, the
paste adhesive continues evaporating. This fact confirms the
hypothesis number 3 of this investigation.
In Figure 4.5, the evolution of the degree of cure and the evap-
oration of the paste adhesive as a function of time are shown
for sample 1.
Figure 4.5: Modeling of samples 1.
Finally, the values of the relative evaporated mass after the
first and second isothermal are summarized in Figure 4.6. It
shows the amount of measured and predicted evaporated
mass ( ) for the samples under study after completing the
first isothermal heating (marked with X) and the heating pro-
cess is completed (marked with dots).
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
0.995
0.9955
0.996
0.9965
0.997
0.9975
0.998
0.9985
0.999
0.9995
1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Rel
ativ
e m
ass
[-]
Time [min]
Relative mass TGA [-]
Predicted rel. Mass [-]
Degree of cure [-]
Degree of cure = 0.95
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
66
Figure 4.6: Experimental and predicted degradation.
The model presented in this Chapter predicts with good accu-
racy the evaporation of the paste adhesive during the curing
process. The maximum relative error between the experi-
mental and predicted relative evaporated mass is about 10 %
after the first isothermal step and lower than 5 % after the sec-
ond isothermal step.
4.5. Relation between degradation and void
formation
The relation between void formation and evaporation of the
paste adhesive is established by comparing the void content to
the predicted evaporated mass of samples cured with different
cycles by induction heating. The procedure to produce the
samples and to analyze them is detailed in Appendix B.4. Re-
sults of the curing processes considered are summarized in
Table 4.3.
0.002
0.0025
0.003
0.0035
0.004
0.0045
0.002 0.0025 0.003 0.0035 0.004 0.0045
Rel
ativ
e ev
apo
rate
d m
ass
mo
del
[-]
Relative evaporated mass TGA [-]
4.5. RELATION BETWEEN DEGRADATION AND VOID
FORMATION
67
Table 4.3: Void formation with different curing cycles. 𝐓
[
°C]
𝐭 [
min
] 𝐓
[
°C]
𝐭 [
min
] α
[%
] 𝐕
𝐜 [
%]
𝐓 [
°C]
𝐭 [
min
] 𝐓
[
°C]
𝐭 [
min
] α
[%
] 𝐕
𝐜 [
%]
90
12.5
16
0 5
97.2
2.
4 10
0 15
16
0 5
97.5
2.
9
90
15
160
5 97
.3
2.2
100
15
180
5 98
.9
3.1
90
17.5
16
0 5
97.3
2.
0 10
0 17
.5
160
5 97
.6
2.4
90
20
160
5 97
.4
1.7
100
20
140
10
97.3
1.
2
100
5 18
0 5
98.9
6.
8 10
0 20
14
0 15
98
.2
1.2
100
7.5
160
10
98.7
5.
3 10
0 20
16
0 2.
5 96
.0
1.4
100
10
160
10
98.8
3.
8 12
0 5
140
10
96.9
4.
4
100
10
160
15
99.3
4.
2 12
0 5
160
10
98.8
4.
8
100
10
180
5 98
.9
4.0
120
5 18
0 5
98.9
8.
0
100
15
120
15
95.0
1.
2 12
0 10
14
0 5
95.7
4.
3
100
15
120
20
96.1
1.
3 12
0 10
16
0 10
98
.9
4.1
100
15
130
10
95.4
1.
4 12
0 10
18
0 5
99.0
5.
4
100
15
130
15
96.9
1.
3 12
0 15
14
0 5
96.6
3.
9
100
15
140
10
97.0
1.
4 12
0 15
16
0 5
98.2
3.
7
100
15
140
15
98.0
1.
5 12
0 15
18
0 5
99.1
4.
4
100
15
150
5 96
.3
2.0*
12
0 20
16
0 2.
5 97
.6
3.5
100
15
150
10
98.1
2.
1*
120
60
98.6
3.
9
100
15
150
15
98.8
2.
1*
140
30
99.1
6.
1
100
15
160
2.5
95.6
2.
6 16
0 10
18
0 5
99.5
13
.4
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
68
According to the model, after completing the curing process
(α ≥ 95 %) the paste adhesive continues evaporating. Howev-
er, this does not necessarily lead to further void formation be-
cause the solidification process is completed. This fact is
proved by the samples in Table 4.3 marked with an asterisk
next to the void content value. They show constant void for-
mations despite the samples are cured for a longer time at the
same temperature. Under this consideration, all the samples
must be compared having the same degree of cure in the
model for the evaporated mass. Therefore, the model is used
to calculate the relative evaporated mass of the different cur-
ing cycles at the point where the degree of cure is 95 %, shown
in Figure 4.7.
Figure 4.7: Void content vs. relative evaporated mass.
As expected, the results show an increasing void content with
higher evaporated mass. Nevertheless, the results show cer-
tain evaporated mass for all the samples investigated. This fact
can be explained by the evaporation of some solvents and
moisture, which does not necessary lead to a degradation of
the adhesive and to a generation of voids. One example can be
observed, for instance, on the recommended curing cycle. In
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 0.0035 0.0036 0.0037 0.0038 0.0039
Vo
id c
on
ten
t [%
]
Rel. evaporated mass calculated for α = 95 % [-]
4.5. RELATION BETWEEN DEGRADATION AND VOID
FORMATION
69
this case, it should not lead to thermal degradation because
the curing process is carried out always under the final [°C]
of the adhesive. To complete the void formation model, a
trend line is added. This regression is selected by comparing
several regression models and considering the one with higher
R-squared value:
4.4
This relation, with an R-squared value of 91.6 %, is used to
complete the evaporation kinetics model. Finally, the compari-
son between modeled and experimental void formation is
summarized in Figure 4.8.
Figure 4.8: Summary of the model accuracy.
The final model, predicts the void content of the paste adhe-
sive under study with good accuracy especially for the curing
cycles under consideration with low void content.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Vo
id c
on
ten
t m
easu
red
[%
]
Void content predicted [%]
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
70
4.6. Degradation of the LME 10625 / LME
10626
The modeling of the void formation is repeated with the paste
adhesive system LME 10625 / LME 10626 from Huntsman Ad-
vanced Materials in order to show the repeatability of the in-
vestigation carried out. In this case, TGA curves are used to fit
the parameters of the theoretical model with temperatures
between 80 °C and 140 °C in steps of 20 °C. The fitting param-
eters obtained are listed in Table 4.4.
Table 4.4: Fitting parameters of the thermal degradation model of the LME
10625 / LME 10626.
Parameter Value Parameter Value
A1 45’147 [1/s] p 4.68 [-]
E1 76’464 [J/mol] n 3.51 [-]
A2 743’709 [1/s] b 6.8·10-3 [1/K]
E2 97’500 [J/mol] q 121.13 [-]
Figure 4.9 shows the variation of experimental and modeled
mass fractions.
0.992
0.993
0.994
0.995
0.996
0.997
0.998
0.999
1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Rel
ativ
e m
ass
[-]
Time [min]
Model 80 °C
TGA 80 °C
Model 100 °C
TGA 100 °C
Model 120 °C
TGA 120 °C
Model 140 °C
TGA 140 °C
4.6. DEGRADATION OF THE LME 10625 / LME 10626
71
Figure 4.9: Experimental and modeled evaporation curves.
The predicted values show a good accuracy with the TGA da-
ta, having even a better accuracy than for the LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2.
For the establishment of the relation between evaporated mass
and void formation, samples are produced by induction heat-
ing. In this case, the curing cycles applied have been adapted
to achieve a final degree of cure of exactly 95 %. The curing
conditions of the samples, average measured void content and
modeled evaporated mass are shown in Table 4.5.
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
72
Table 4.5: Void formation with different curing cycles.
Tem
per
atu
re 1
[°C
]
Tim
e 1
[min
]
Tem
per
atu
re 2
[°C
]
Tim
e 2
[min
] V
oid
co
nte
nt
[-]
Ev
apo
rate
d m
ass
mo
del
[-]
80
15
140
2.73
1.
66 ±
0.2
9 0.
0020
8
80
20
100
10.0
7 0.
83 ±
0.2
1 0.
0020
0
80
20
120
4.13
1.
26 ±
0.1
2 0.
0020
1
80
20
140
1.86
1.
37 ±
0.3
3 0.
0020
4
100
5 12
0 6.
08
3.38
± 0
.05
0.00
337
10
5 14
0 3.
18
3.59
± 0
.14
0.00
343
100
5 16
0 1.
6 3.
89 ±
0.1
9 0.
0035
2
100
10
120
3.28
2.
95 ±
0.0
6 0.
0033
4
100
10
140
1.33
3.
08 ±
0.2
4 0.
0033
6
100
10
160
0.25
3.
19 ±
0.3
3 0.
0033
8
100
15
120
0.9
2.76
± 0
.17
0.00
334
120
5 14
0 1.
57
9.08
± 1
.47
0.00
468
120
5 16
0 0.
42
9.76
± 0
.99
0.00
470
4.6. DEGRADATION OF THE LME 10625 / LME 10626
73
The relation between void formation and relative evaporated
mass is shown in Figure 4.10.
Figure 4.10: Relation between voids and evaporated mass.
A trend line is added in order to obtain the relation between
evaporated relative mass and void formation:
4.5
In this case, the R-squared value is 91.3 %., slightly lower than
for the other paste adhesive under study but still over 90 %.
This relation is used to complete the evaporation kinetics
model. Finally, the comparison between modeled and experi-
mental void formation of the samples tested is summarized in
Figure 4.11.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007
Vo
id c
on
ten
t [%
]
Rel. evaporated mass calculated for α = 95 % [-]
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
74
Figure 4.11: Modeled and experimental void formation.
The void formation model of this paste adhesive system
shows a good accuracy with the experimental data. It predicts
with accuracy the void content generated for any curing pro-
cess.
4.7. Conclusions
In this chapter, the modeling of the mass reduction of a paste
adhesive during the curing process is studied considering the
following hypotheses:
The evaporated mass increases when the curing tem-
perature is increased.
At the same curing temperature the evaporated mass
rate is higher at earlier stages of the curing process.
The paste adhesive further evaporates mass, even af-
ter the curing process is completed, if temperatures
higher than [°C] are applied.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0.00 2.00 4.00 6.00 8.00 10.00
Vo
id c
on
ten
t m
easu
red
[%
]
Void content predicted [%]
4.7. CONCLUSIONS
75
The theoretical model stated in section 4.2 is defined fitting the
model parameters to experimental data obtained by TGA-
measurements. The model is validated by comparing TGA
data obtained combining curing cycles with dwell at two dif-
ferent temperatures. The results show a good agreement with
the predicted values for all the curing cycles analyzed and
proving all the hypotheses stated in this investigation.
Additionally, the relation between evaporated mass of a paste
adhesive and void formation is determined. In this context,
this relation is used to complete the modeling tool to predict
the void formation for a certain curing cycle applied and thus
assessing the quality of the bonded joint. Finally, the repeata-
bility of the process is proved by modeling the thermal degra-
dation of the paste adhesive LME 10625 / LME 10626.
CHAPTER 4: MODELING OF THE DEGRADATION KINETICS
76
77
Chapter 5
Simulation of the curing process
of paste adhesives by induction
heating
In this chapter, the simulation tool to predict the curing pro-
cess of CFRP bonded systems by induction heating is de-
scribed. The complete model is validated comparing the de-
gree of cure and temperature under different conditions. Fi-
nally, a sensitivity analysis is carried out in order to analyze
the impact of different properties on the curing process.
The results presented in this chapter have been published as
an Article in the Journal of Composite Materials (see Sánchez
Cebrián, A., Klunker, F., Zogg M., Simulation of the Cure of
Paste Adhesives by Induction Heating, first published on May 17,
2013 as doi:10.1177/0021998313487933.)
5.1. Introduction
Several simulation models have been developed for induction
applications, particularly for optimizing the geometry of the
coil [36, 73, 74]. Additionally, work has been carried out in
sensitivity analysis of different parameters e.g. frequency of
the current applied [75] or parameters of the materials used as
susceptors [76]. Regarding the curing kinetics of paste adhe-
sives, most common models existing today are further de-
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
78
scribed in Chapter 3: Modeling of the Cure Kinetics. For the
thermal degradation model, the models existing today for the
analysis of fully cured samples are defined in Chapter 4: Mod-
eling of the Degradation Kinetics.
In this chapter, the modeling of induction heating, the curing
and the degradation kinetics of the adhesive system LME
10049-4 / LMB 6687-2 are combined in one single simulation
tool. This allows simulating the degree of cure and void for-
mation in a bonded joint directly depending on the assembly
configuration, the applied electrical current and time, as
shown in Figure 5.1.
Figure 5.1: Scheme of the induction setup modeling.
To perform the simulation, Comsol® Multiphysics is used as a
platform. Considering different input parameters e.g. physical
and material properties, tool geometry or design of the joint; a
combination of four different physical aspects was used for
the simulation:
Electrical current applied to the coil I(t)
Frequency applied to the coilfreq(t)
Geometry of the joining tool
Joint design
Joining tool material properties
Adherent material properties
Adhesive material properties
Cure kinetic parameters
Induction heating
Heat transfer
Paste adhesive cure kinetics Degree of cure of the
paste adhesive α [-]
Inputs Output
Thermal degradation kinetics
Void content of the paste adhesive [-]
Thermal degradation parameters
5.1. INTRODUCTION
79
Magnetic fields generated by the induction process:
They generate the heat in the area of electrical conduc-
tive materials.
Simulation of the heat transfer between the materials:
Once induction generates heat in the electrical con-
ductive materials, it is transferred to other parts of the
setup as well.
Modeling of the cure kinetics of the adhesive: Due to
the transferred heat, the paste adhesive cures accord-
ing to its cure kinetics. The additional exothermal en-
ergy due to the reaction is also considered.
Modeling of the thermal degradation kinetics of the
adhesive: The tool predicts the void formation pro-
duced during the curing process.
The simulation model is validated against experimental data
in the following three steps:
Thermal simulation: Comparison of temperature evo-
lution between simulation and experiments.
Cure kinetics: The evolution of the degree of cure of
samples heated with different temperatures is com-
pared to the results of an experimental DSC analysis.
Measurement of the degree of cure: The degree of cure
of the adhesive used in the bonding process of CFRP
structures under different processing conditions is
measured by DSC and then compared to the values
predicted by the simulation.
The results of the validation are discussed, analyzing the accu-
racy of the model. Then, it is investigated which material pa-
rameters and physical effects significantly influence the degree
of cure of the paste adhesive. Additionally, the potential ap-
plications of this tool and its use to optimize the bonding pro-
cess of paste adhesives are discussed.
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
80
5.2. Theoretical aspects
The simulation tool is designed with Comsol® Multiphysics,
combining physical relations in the four modules considered:
“magnetic fields”, “heat transfer” and two “PDE” (Partial Dif-
ferential Equations) modules for the cure and degradation ki-
netics.
5.2.1. Magnetic fields
The governing equation is the Ampere’s Law, which relates
the integrated magnetic field around the coil to the electric
current passing orthogonally through it [77]. Therefore Eq. 5.1
is used in all the materials considering a 2 dimensional scenar-
io:
5.1
Where [A/m] is the electric current density with a frequen-
cy [Hz] that generates the alternating magnetic B-field [T].
[-] and [-] are the vacuum and relative electric permittivi-
ty, [-] and [-] are the vacuum and relative magnetic per-
meability. σ [S/m] is the electrical conductivity of the material.
Finally, [V·s·m-1] is the magnetic vector potential. The rela-
tion between the magnetic-B field, [T], and magnetic-H field
[T], is defined in Eq. 5.2 [78]:
5.2
The boundary conditions applied to the model consider
continuity for internal boundaries, the electromagnetic isola-
tion in the geometry frames to limit the model (Eq. 5.3) and
the current source applied (Eq. 5.4):
5.2. THEORETICAL ASPECTS
81
5.3
5.4
Where A [V·s/m] is the magnetic vector potential. The current
density, [A/m], is shown in the Eq. 5.5:
5.5
Where I [A] is the current applied and P [m] and [-] the
perimeter and the efficiency of the coil respectively.
5.2.2. Heat transfer
The exchange of the energy generated by Joule effect due to
the induction of Eddy currents is modeled in the “heat trans-
fer” module by applying the thermodynamic laws for heat
exchange. The first thermodynamic law states that the energy
of an isolated system is conserved [79]. In this case, due to heat
generated by the magnetic fields, there is a heat exchange be-
tween the elements in the model to reach the thermal equilib-
rium, modeled by the Eq. 5.6 [80]:
5.6
Where [Kg/m3] is the density, [J/kg·K] is the heat capacity,
[W/m·K] is the thermal conductivity. Eq. 5.6 is applied to all
materials of the setup. The term [W/ m3] models the energy
generated by the exothermal of the chemical reaction of the
paste adhesive and it is only applied to the paste adhesive
domain. The term [W/ m3] models the heat generated by
the magnetic field, which is applied only to the composite. To
model the interaction between the solids and the surrounding
air, the boundary conditions existing in the thermodynamic
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
82
model are thermal isolation, forced convection and radiation,
following the Eqs. 5.7 to 5.9.
Thermal isolation:
5.7
Forced convection heat transfer:
5.8
Radiation heat transfer:
5.9
Where [W/m] and [W/m] are the heat transferred by
convection and radiation respectively. [W/m2·K] is the con-
vection coefficient, [K] is the ambient temperature, [-] is
the material emissivity and [W/m2·K4] the Stefan’s- Boltz-
mann constant 5.67·10-8 W /m2·K-4 [81].
5.2.3. Paste adhesive curing kinetics
The curing reaction kinetics is modeled by a Partial Differen-
tial Equation (PDE) module, considering the energy generated
due to the exothermal behavior of the paste adhesive. The
modified n-th order reaction model is used to describe the re-
action of the adhesive is further described in Chapter 3: Model-
ing of the Cure Kinetics:
Finally, to model the energy generated by the exothermal of
the chemical reaction of the paste adhesive, [W/m], the fol-
lowing Eq. 5.10 has been used [82]:
5.10
5.3. MODELING OF THE TOOL
83
Where [Kg/m3] is the density of the paste adhesive and
[J/Kg] is the enthalpy generated by the chemical reaction.
5.2.4. Paste adhesive thermal degradation
As for the cure kinetics, the degradation kinetics is modeled
by a Partial Differential Equation (PDE) module, applying the
model described in Chapter 4: Modeling of the Degradation Ki-
netics:
5.11
Additionally, in order to convert the evaporated mass in void
content, the relations described Section 4.5 are used for the
paste adhesive system LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2:
5.12
5.3. Modeling of the tool
The test setup in which the simulation tool is based and the
material properties used in this chapter are described in Ap-
pendix B.1. In this context, the electrical conductivity of the
CFRP laminates is modeled as an isotropic property. Ideally,
the modeling of this property should consider the weave
structure of the fabric, the layup of the laminate, analyzing the
fiber junctions and the loops they generate [83]. However, in
this investigation it has been simplified by measuring this
property for a bigger section of the laminate. The value ob-
tained of the electrical conductivity in the direction of the fi-
bers has been used for the whole material domain. The reason
for this simplification is that in the 2-D model, only the con-
ductivity in z-direction, i.e. the direction out of the plane of the
2-D model, affects the temperature generation.
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
84
The heat is firstly generated in the electrical conductive adher-
ents ( ), mainly in the area closer to the coil.
Conduction: The CFRP plates are heated by induction
and the heat is transferred to the materials in contact
with the CFRP.
Convection: As mentioned earlier, forced convection
is considered to model the heat exchange between the
plates and the air. Details of the calculation of the
convection coefficient are given in the Appendix B.2.
To create the flow of the air, a commercial fan has
been used to create a flow of 2 m/s at the beginning of
the plate, measured with an anemometer (Voltcraft
PL-130, Conrad, UK).
Radiation: The modeling of radiation is also consid-
ered in the model.
To complete the modeling of the tool, the material parameters
and boundary conditions are defined following the equations
defined in Section 5.2 as shown in Table 5.1.
Table 5.1: Summary of relations applied in the model.
Description Equation relation Type
Solid materials (Tool+ ad-
herents) 6.1, 6.6 Domain
Air 6.6 Domain
Adhesive 6.1, 6.6, 6.10, 6.11 Domain
Materials in contact with air
(excepting copper)
6.8, 6.9 Boundary
Copper-Air 6.5 Boundary
External frame 6.3, 6.7 Boundary
5.4. VALIDATION AND DISCUSSION OF THE TOOL
85
5.4. Validation and discussion of the tool
For the validation of the model, the temperature and the de-
gree of cure are measured under different conditions and then
compared to the results of the simulation tool. The validation
of the void content is not considered because is carried out in
Chapter 4: Modeling of the degradation kinetics.
Previously to the experimental validation, the operational pa-
rameters are defined. The electrical current, frequency applied
and room temperature are measured for every experiment to
have the same value in the simulation. Finally, as the efficien-
cy of the coil [-], defined in Eq. 5.5, is unknown, it has to
be assessed. As a consequence, the temperature at the point A
(see Figure 5.2) is compared to the predicted values from the
simulation tool.
Figure 5.2: Validation points for steady state and transient.
The processing parameters used in these measurements are 44
A at 262 kHz with an ambient temperature of 24.5 °C. The
temperature is measured 20 times with an optical fiber py-
rometer [FTC-DIN-ST-HA-LS by Photon control] at point A
after the steady state is reached and then compared to predict-
A B C D E
Distances betweenmeasuring points: A-B: 10 mmA-C: 20 mmA-D: 30 mmA-E: 40 mm
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
86
ed values varying the efficiency [-] from 0.86 to 0.94, as
can be observed in Figure 5.3.
Figure 5.3: The best estimation for the efficiency is ηcoil= 0.9.
The temperature at the point A shows a good agreement with
the model, if an efficiency of 0.90 is assumed [84]. This value is
in the range of expected values and it is used for the validation
of the model.
5.4.1. Validation of the magnetic field and heat transfer
module
For the validation of the coupling of magnetic field and heat
transfer, the temperatures in the model are compared to the
temperatures measured on the test rig at the points A to E,
(see Figure 5.2), considering:
Steady state measurements: The temperature distribu-
tion along the CFRP plate is measured 20 times for
each point between A and E every 10 seconds after the
plates reach the maximum temperature.
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Pyrometer Eff = 0,86 Eff = 0,90 Eff = 0,94
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
5.4. VALIDATION AND DISCUSSION OF THE TOOL
87
Heating and cooling of the CFRP plate: Temperatures
are measured every second twice for each transient
process (300 s for heating and 200 s for cooling) in the
points A, B and C.
The CFRP plates used for the validation of the interaction of
magnetic field and heat transfer are previously bonded, mean-
ing that curing reaction is completed ( W/m3). The cur-
rent applied by the equipment for these measurements is 44 A
at 262 KHz. The results of steady state temperatures at the dif-
ferent points are shown in Figure 5.4.
Figure 5.4: Temperature validation at steady state.
The temperature distribution measured at the upper side of
the CFRP joint is similar to the predicted one, having a maxi-
mum difference of about 6 °C. This difference can be due to
the simplification assumed on the modeling of the thermal
conductivity of the CFRP plates. The model shows a high ac-
curacy at the center of the bondline, the area of interest, hav-
ing less accuracy with the distance.
To show the effect of this property on the temperature distri-
bution and to measure a potential model inaccuracy, sensitivi-
ty analyses are carried out for the thermal conductivity of the
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
0 0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Measuring point
Pyrometer
COMSOL
A B C D E
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
88
CFRP plates in x-direction ( ) and y-direction ( ). The direc-
tions are defined in Figure B.4. Properties are simulated for
in the range of 1 to 5 W/(m*K) and for in the range of 0.25 to
0.75 W/(m*K), being the reference values 2 W/(m*K) and 0.5
W/(m*K) respectively. Results of both sensitivity tests are
shown in Figure 5.5 and Figure 5.6, with points A to E defined
in Figure 6.2.
Figure 5.5: Temperature for different values of λx.
Figure 5.6: Temperature for different values of λy.
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04
Tem
per
atu
re[°
C]
Measuring point
λx = 1 [W/(m*K)]
λx = 2 [W/(m*K)]
λx = 3[W/(m*K)]
λx = 4 [W/(m*K)]
λx =5 [W/(m*K)]
Pyrometer
A B C D E
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 0.005 0.01 0.015 0.02 0.025 0.03 0.035 0.04
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Measuring point
λy = 0,25 [W/(m*K)]
λy = 0,5 [W/(m*K)]
λy = 0,75 [W/(m*K)]
Pyrometer
A B C D E
5.4. VALIDATION AND DISCUSSION OF THE TOOL
89
Figure 5.5 and Figure 5.6 prove that only affects the tem-
perature distribution. Considering this fact, a temperature de-
pendency of the thermal conductivity could be considered in
order to get more accurate results. However, this simulation
model is designed to predict the degree of cure of the paste
adhesive, placed at the center of the sample. At this region, in
the steady state, the prediction of the temperature only has a
deviation of 1.2 °C, compared to the experiments. This devia-
tion is inside the standard deviation of the measured values.
For the investigation of the accuracy of the model in the tran-
sient, the heating and the cooling processes of the CFRP are
measured for 10 minutes at the point A and compared to the
simulated values, as shown in Figure 5.7.
Figure 5.7: Heating and cooling at the overlap center.
The simulated heating process is faster than the measured
heating process and the simulated cooling process is slower.
The reason can be explained by an underestimation of the
convection coefficient coming from an error at the air speed
measurement due to the accuracy of the anemometer, equal to
±0.2 m/s.
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [s]
Pyrometer
COMSOL
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
90
In order to analyze the impact of the convection coefficient on
the measurements, a sensitivity test is carried out from 16.56
to 18.30 W/m2*K, varying 5 % the reference value of 17.43
W/m2*K. Results are shown in Figure 5.8 and Figure 5.9.
Figure 5.8: Heating at Point A for different hc.
Figure 5.9: Cooling at Point A for different hc.
It can be observed that by increasing the convection coefficient
by 5 % the results fit better to the experimental measurements.
This fact indicates that the convection coefficient was slightly
underestimated most probably due to the reasons forehead
mentioned.
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [s]
hc = 16,56 W/m^2*Khc = 17,43 W/m^2*Khc = 18,30 W/m^2*KPyrometer
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [s]
hc = 16,56 W/m^2*K
hc = 17,43 W/m^2*K
hc = 18,30 W/m^2*K
Pyrometer
5.4. VALIDATION AND DISCUSSION OF THE TOOL
91
In order to study with more detail the heating and cooling
stages, the temperature is measured at the points A, B and C
(see Figure 6.2). Then, they are compared to predicted values
for a transient of 300 seconds in the heating and 200 seconds in
the cooling, as shown in Figure 5.10 and Figure 5.11.
Figure 5.10: Heating at different distances.
Figure 5.11: Cooling at different distances.
The measured temperatures have a satisfying agreement with
the simulated values at the center as well as at the other posi-
tions under study. The values differ in the heating and cooling
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [s]
Pyrometer Point A
COMSOL Point A
Pyrometer Point B
COMSOL Point B
Pyrometer Point C
COMSOL Point C
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
0 50 100 150 200
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [s]
Pyrometer Point A
COMSOL Point A
Pyrometer Point B
COMSOL Point B
Pyrometer Point C
COMSOL Point C
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
92
phases less than 6 °C for all the distances measured, and 2 °C
at the center, where paste adhesive is placed.
5.4.2. Validation of the cure kinetics model
To validate the entire model, plates are bonded by induction
with different conditions, measuring the degree of cure by
DSC. The results for 14 plates summarized in Table 5.2.
Table 5.2: Results from the validation of the model.
5.4. VALIDATION AND DISCUSSION OF THE TOOL
93
Input parameters DSC [%] COMSOL
[%]
Rel.
error [%]
800 s at 60 A & 257 kHz +
500 s at 66.4 A & 256 kHz 97.3 96.7 0.6
820s at 72 A & 256 kHz 98.5 98.8 0.3
500 s at 60 A & 257 kHz +
800 s at 66.4 A & 256 kHz 98.1 97.3 0.8
500 s at 60 A & 257 kHz +
800 s at 72 A & 256 kHz 99.8 99.4 0.4
200 s at 60 A & 257 kHz +
600 s at 72 A & 256 kHz 97.9 98.2 0.3
800 s at 34.8 A & 266 kHz +
800 s at 44 A & 262 kHz 57.0 58.4 1.4
800 s at 52 A & 259 kHz 75.5 74.9 0.6
500 s at 44 A & 262 kHz +
500 s at 52 A & 259 kHz 71.3 70.5 0.8
350 s at 61.6 A & 257 kHz 78.0 78.2 0.2
1800 s at 34.8 A & 266 kHz 43.5 44.5 2.3
2400 s at 30.8 A& 273 kHz 37.3 36.6 1.9
900 s at 25.8 A& 274 kHz 13.0 12.6 3.1
2400 s at 25.8 A& 274 kHz 30.1 29.5 2.0
3600 s at 25.8 A& 274 kHz 37.8 39.3 3.7
The simulation predicts the degree of cure of the adhesive un-
der different processing conditions with a relative error lower
than 4 %, even in the samples cured less than 50 %. The reason
is the good agreement of the temperatures generated at the
center of the plate with the model, where the paste adhesive is
placed and measured. These results are in agreement with the
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
94
validation of the cure kinetics model, showing a higher error
for lower curing rates. At the ideal application range of the
tool, with a degree of cure above 80 %, the results show an
excellent accuracy with a maximum relative error of 0.8 %, not
showing any tendency between experimental and predicted
values.
5.5. Impact of parameters on the curing pro-
cess
Finally, a study is carried out to analyze which parameters
used for the simulation significantly affect the curing process
of the paste adhesive. The objective is to point out the im-
portant parameters that have to be controlled in an industrial
environment for robust processing. Additionally, potential
applications of modeling the curing process of paste adhesives
by induction heating are discussed.
The parameters considered for this sensitivity analysis can be
divided into four categories:
Paste adhesive material properties.
Induction processing parameters.
Adherent material properties.
Geometry of the assembly.
The simulation is considered for 1 hour of heating applying an
electrical current of 44 A, a frequency of 262 kHz and an ambi-
ent temperature of 24.5 °C.
5.5.1. Effect of adhesive properties on the chemical reac-
tion
The following adhesive properties are considered for the sen-
sitivity tests:
Thermal conductivity from 0.18 to 0.48 W/m*K. The
reference value is 0.33 W/m*K.
5.5. IMPACT OF PARAMETERS ON THE CURING PROCESS
95
Heat capacity from 1’000 to 1’800 J/kg*K. The refer-
ence value is 1’400 J/kg*K.
Density from 700 to 1’500 kg/m3. The reference value
is 1’100 kg/m3.
Surface emissivity from 0.8 to 1. The reference value is
0.9.
Simulated results of the degree of cure are shown in Table 5.3.
Table 5.3: Sensitivity analysis of adhesive properties.
Adhesive thermal conductivity
[W/m*K] 0.18 0.33 0.48
Degree of cure[%] 83.2 83.2 83.1
Adhesive heat capacity [J/kg*K] 1’000 1’400 1’800
Degree of cure[%] 83.2 83.2 83.1
Adhesive density [kg/m3] 700 1’100 1’500
Degree of cure [%] 83.2 83.2 83.1
Adhesive surface emissivity [-] 0.8 0.9 1
Degree of cure[%] 83.2 83.2 83.2
The physical properties of the paste adhesive do not influence
the degree of cure significantly despite simulating a wide
range of values. The main reason for this is the small paste
adhesive domain. This might be different with a thicker
bondline. In that case, a higher exothermal curing energy
would be generated and a variation on the thermal properties
would have a higher impact on the degree of cure. Neverthe-
less, in this study bondlines thicker than 0.5 mm are not con-
sidered as discussed in Appendix A.5.
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
96
5.5.2. Effect of induction processing parameters on the
chemical reaction
These processing parameters are analyzed in the following
range of values:
Convection coefficient from 10 to 25 W/m2*K. The ref-
erence value is 17.43 W/m2*K.
Ambient temperature from 10 to 30 °C. The reference
value is 24.5 °C.
Electrical current of the coil from 40 to 48 A. The refer-
ence value is 44 A.
Electrical frequency of the coil from 233’100 to 284’900
Hz. The reference value is 259’000 Hz. Despite this
value is coupled to the current applied in the equip-
ment used in this research, the effect of a variation of
this parameter is also considered.
Efficiency of the coil from 0.86 to 0.94. The reference
value is 0.9.
Simulated results of the degree of cure during the heating pro-
cess are summarized in Table 5.4.
5.5. IMPACT OF PARAMETERS ON THE CURING PROCESS
97
Table 5.4: Sensitivity analysis of the processing parameters.
Convection coefficient [W/m2*K] 10 15 20
Degree of cure[%] 98.2 87.2 77.2
Ambient temperature [°C] 10 20 30
Degree of cure[%] 70.3 79.9 86.7
Electrical current [A] 40 44 48
Degree of cure [%] 75.4 83.2 89.8
Frequency [kHz] 235.8 262 288.2
Degree of cure[%] 76.1 83.2 89.0
Efficiency of the coil [-] 0.86 0.90 0.94
Degree of cure[%] 79.7 83.2 86.5
Despite the parameters are varied in different magnitudes, all
of them influence on the final degree of cure and the void
formation. The main output of these experiments is to prove
the importance of a correct measurement of the experimental
conditions. Convection coefficient and ambient temperature
are some of the parameters affecting the most the heat transfer
between the components. For this reason, its accurate meas-
urement is critical in order to get reliable results. Additionally,
it is proved that the efficiency also affects the induced energy
and requires an accurate definition in order to get a correct
simulation tool.
These results show the main outcome of the model: the pro-
cessing parameter optimization for a robust induction heating
process. One of the main potential applications of induction
heating is its application outdoors; for instance in repair oper-
ations. In this context, this simulation has to be used to define
the optimal input parameters (frequency and electrical cur-
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
98
rent) to cure the paste adhesive considering the change of the
environmental conditions.
5.5.3. Effect of adherent properties on the chemical reac-
tion
The change of the adherent properties is critical to understand
how a change in the layup can affect the heat generated. For
example, increasing the number of layers or changing the ori-
entation of them may affect the thermal and electrical proper-
ties of the laminate, thus affecting the energy generated in the
susceptor. In this context, the following properties are studied:
Electrical conductivity of the adherents from 5’321 to
6’503 S/m. The reference value is 5’912 S/m.
Thermal conductivity of the CFRP plates is changed
from 1 to 5 W/(m*K) for and from 0.25 to 0.75
W/(m*K) for . The reference values are for = 0.5
W/(m*K) and = 2 W/(m*K).
Simulated results of the degree of cure are shown Table 5.5.
Table 5.5: Sensitivity analysis of adherent properties.
CFRP electrical conductivity [S/m] 5’321 5’912 6’503
Degree of cure[%] 80.4 83.2 85.4
CFRP x-thermal conductivity
[W/(m*K)] 1 3 5
Degree of cure[%] 85.3 81.6 79.1
CFRP y-thermal conductivity
[W/(m*K)] 0.25 0.5 0.75
Degree of cure [%] 83.3 83.2 83.1
It is proved that by increasing the electrical conductivity of the
adherents, the curing process of the paste adhesive will accel-
5.5. IMPACT OF PARAMETERS ON THE CURING PROCESS
99
erate due to the higher inducted currents. Additionally, the
degree of cure increases when decreasing the thermal conduc-
tivity in the case the x-direction, since the heat dissipates
slower. The impact of varying is higher than a change of ,
due to the small thickness of the plates.
These results show other potential applications of the model
than presented in this Chapter; e.g. the analysis of the perfor-
mance of induction heating for other materials and the estima-
tion of unknown material parameters.
5.5.4. Effect of the geometry on the chemical reaction
Finally, the effect of different geometrical parameters of the
simulation is discussed. The goal is to analyze the effect that
thickness variations and an irregular distance between the
susceptor and the coil would have in the degree of cure of the
adhesive, shown in Figure 5.12. For this reason, the following
properties are studied:
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
100
Figure 5.12: Distance between the lower coil and the plate.
The distance between the plate and the coil is changed
from 4 to 8. The reference value is 6 mm.
The thickness of the laminate is changed from 0.66 to
1.3 mm, having from 2 to 4 layers of woven fabric ma-
terial all with an orientation [0, 90].
As the thickness is changed, the electrical conductivity of the
laminates is also varied. For this reason this value is measured
following the approach described in Section B.1. The results of
the electrical conductivity for the different plates are summa-
rized in Table 5.6.
DISTANCE Lower coil- plate
35.4 mm
24 mm
10 mm
10 mm
15 mm25 mm
15 mm
LAMINATE THICKNESS
xz
y
5.6. CONCLUSIONS
101
Table 5.6: Electrical conductivity of laminates with different number of layers.
Number of layers CFRP electrical conductivity [S/m]
2 5’527 ± 113
3 5’912 ± 94
4 5’176 ± 85
Simulated results of the degree of cure are shown in Table 5.7.
Table 5.7: Sensitivity analysis of adherent properties.
Distance between coil and plate [mm] 4 6 8
Degree of cure[%] 98.5 83.2 61.6
Thickness of the laminate [mm] 0.66 1 1.33
Degree of cure [%] 72.2 83.2 87.6
Both parameters are proved to have a critical influence on the
temperatures generated and therefore on the chemical reac-
tion. For this reason, the geometrical parameters must be very
accurately controlled in order to guarantee the robustness of
the process.
5.6. Conclusions
In this chapter, the simulation tool to predict the degree of
cure and the void content of paste adhesives is described. This
simulation tool is validated, showing a good agreement with
experimental values, especially at the bondline center. Addi-
tionally, the validation of the degree of cure also shows a good
accuracy for different curing profiles measured, especially for
samples with a degree of cure higher than 90 %.
At this point, the simulation is used to carry out a sensitivity
analysis of material and process parameters. The goal is to
CHAPTER 5: SIMULATION OF THE CURING PROCESS OF PASTE
ADHESIVES BY INDUCTION HEATING
102
analyze the impact of a change in one property on the degree
of cure of the adhesive after one hour of curing process. It is
proved that the parameters affecting most the degree of cure
are mainly the processing parameters (convection coefficient,
ambient temperature, electrical current, frequency and effi-
ciency of the coil). The thermal material properties of the ad-
herent show a minor influence on the degree of cure but still
higher than the influence of the adhesive material properties.
Therefore, the correct measurement and control of the pro-
cessing parameters is important to predict with accuracy the
degree of cure and void formation of the paste adhesive and to
assess an optimal bonding process.
This simulation tool is designed to ensure the robustness of
the induction heating process by calculating the optimal input
parameters. As this process can be applied outdoors, some
parameters may change, affecting the chemical reactions. In
this context, this simulation tool can be used to adapt the in-
put parameters, current and frequency, ensuring a correct
bonding process.
Additionally, it can be used to assess unknown material prop-
erties e.g. the thermal properties of a CFRP laminates with a
different layup or to analyze the impact of other heating strat-
egies or susceptors. This simulation tool shows a wide range
of applications to guarantee the robustness of the curing pro-
cess of adhesives by induction heating.
103
Part III
Process Optimization
104
105
Chapter 6
Isothermal heating process
In this chapter, the influence of high temperatures on the qual-
ity of the paste adhesive is investigated. Different techniques
are used to analyze the quality of the paste adhesive with cer-
tain thermal degradation caused during the curing process.
Finally, the results are compared to today’s state of the art,
SLS; aiming at investigating other valid indicators for qualifi-
cation of bonded joints.
The results presented in this chapter have been published as
an Article in the International Journal of Adhesion and Adhesives
(see Sánchez Cebrián, A., Zogg, M., and Ermanni P.,
Methodology for optimization of the curing cycle of paste adhesives.
International Journal of Adhesion and Adhesives, 2013. 40: p.
112-119.)
6.1. Introduction
As observed in Chapter 3: Modeling of the Cure Kinetics, the
curing process of a paste adhesive can be simply accelerated if
the temperature is increased [17, 28]. Today in industry, this is
usually not considered by the reasons stated in Chapter 2.
This chapter investigates the effect of high temperatures on
different physical properties of the paste adhesive system
LME 10049-3 / LMB 6687-1. The objective is to analyze the re-
lation between curing temperature and mechanical perfor-
mance of the paste adhesive and to set the process limits.
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
106
The samples used in this investigation are completely cured
without pressure, applying different curing cycles, with tem-
peratures from 80 °C to 200 °C [19]. The tests considered in
this study include thermal analysis techniques, e.g. DSC and
TGA, as well as optical microscopy. Additionally, mechanical
testing is considered, including three point bending test and
SLS.
As a consequence, a methodology to assess the quality control
of paste adhesives is discussed, obtaining a useful tool to vali-
date the curing processes investigated thorough this disserta-
tion.
6.2. Experimental
In this investigation, most of the samples to analyze the physi-
cal properties of the pure paste adhesive are produced by ov-
en heating. The reason is that induction heating cannot heat
directly the paste adhesive due to its low electrical conductivi-
ty. For this reason, SLS samples are the only samples bonded
by induction heating. The experiments performed in this chap-
ter can be divided into physical and mechanical testing.
Experiments are carried out to study the change in physical
properties include:
DSC to validate the curing process of the samples.
TGA analysis of epoxy and hardener by separate to
measure the thermal degradation of the paste adhe-
sive components. The experimental conditions are de-
tailed in Section 5.3: Experimental
Analysis of size and quantity of voids, by microscopy
techniques further detailed in Appendix B.4, but tak-
ing in this case 10 images on each sample instead of 3.
Additionally, the void content obtained by optical testing is
compared to the measurement of the density of the pure paste
6.3. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THE PASTE ADHESIVE
107
adhesive samples used in this investigation. The mechanical
tests considered are:
DMA 3 point bending test as detailed in Section 5.3:
Experimental.
3 point bending test of pure adhesive following the
ISO 178.
SLS of CFRP bonded systems, as detailed in Appendix
A.3.
6.3. Physical properties of the paste adhe-
sive
Table 6.1 summarizes the degree of cure of the different sam-
ples used for optical testing measured with the DSC, following
the procedure detailed Section 3.2. The total released energy of
the paste adhesive is 262 J/gr.
Table 6.1: Degree of cure of the samples measured by DSC.
Temperature
[°C]
Time
[min]
Released energy
[J/g]
Degree of
cure [%]
80 240 10.5 96.7
100 60 7.6 97.6
120 60 7.6 97.6
140 45 8.4 97.4
160 30 11.4 96.4
180 15 12.5 96.1
200 10 3.1 99.0
The curing process is complete for all the samples as the de-
gree of cure is higher than 95 %.
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
108
TGA analysis of the separate components is shown in Figure
6.1.
Figure 6.1: TGA analysis for epoxy and hardener.
TGA shows the onset of the hardener at 123.8 °C and in the
resin at 191.2°C, but a loss of mass can be observed in the
hardener before 120 °C. This means that the samples heated
with this temperature or greater are expected to have a higher
void content. This effect is combined with the expansion of the
voids trapped in the dosing and mixing process. As a result,
samples heated with temperatures higher than 100 °C have
more and larger voids that affect the mechanical performance.
By microscopy, the void content of each curing cycle is meas-
ured, as shown in Figure 6.2 to Figure 6.8.
100
98
96
94
92
90
88
8640 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
Temperature [°C]
Wei
gh
t [%
]
LME 10049-3 HardenerOnset = 151.6°C
LME 6687-1 EpoxyOnset = 214.8 °C
6.3. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THE PASTE ADHESIVE
109
Figure 6.2: Sample cured at 80 °C (Avg. void content 1.6 %).
Figure 6.3: Sample cured at 100 °C (Avg. void content 1.4%).
1000 µm
1000 µm
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
110
Figure 6.4: Sample cured at 120 °C (Avg. void content 2.1 %)
Figure 6.5: Sample cured at 140 °C (Avg. void content 21.4%).
1000 µm
1000 µm
6.3. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THE PASTE ADHESIVE
111
Figure 6.6: Sample cured at 160 °C (Avg. void content 33.5 %).
Figure 6.7: Sample cured at 180 °C (Avg. void content 60.5 %).
1000 µm
1000 µm
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
112
Figure 6.8: Sample cured at 200 °C (Avg. void content 75.1 %).
A summary of the void content measured 10 times at each
sample is shown in Figure 6.9.
Figure 6.9: Void content measurement.
Void content for lower temperatures, between 80 °C and
120 °C, is detailed in Figure 6.10.
1000 µm
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Vo
idco
nte
nt
[%]
Temperature [°C]
6.3. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THE PASTE ADHESIVE
113
Figure 6.10: Void content of samples (80 °C to 120 °C).
The results show a lower void formation at the samples cured
at 120 °C or less compared to samples cured at higher temper-
atures. However, an increase of void content is observed in
samples cured from 120 °C compared to samples cured at 80
°C and 100 °C.
These results are compared to TGA analysis, where it is ob-
served that the hardener evaporated if it is heated with more
than 100 °C. This fact can explain the big difference in the void
formation between 120 °C and 140 °C, when evaporation effect
is higher. Comparing Figure 6.4 and Figure 6.5, it can be ob-
served that not only the size of the voids increase, but also the
quantity of voids increases due to the evaporation of volatiles.
The average diameter of the voids is also determined by
measuring ten different voids for each sample. The density of
the samples used in this investigation is also measured and
then compared to the theoretical value according to the tech-
nical specifications of the paste adhesive. Results are shown in
Figure 6.11 and Figure 6.12 and then summarized in Table 6.2.
0.0%
0.5%
1.0%
1.5%
2.0%
2.5%
3.0%
3.5%
80 100 120
Vo
idco
nte
nt
[%]
Temperature [°C]
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
114
Figure 6.11: Average bubbles diameter of samples.
Figure 6.12: Relative density of samples.
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Vo
idav
erag
ed
iam
eter
[μm
]
Temperature [°C]
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Rel
ativ
e d
ensi
ty [
%]
Temperature [°C]
6.4. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THE PASTE ADHESIVE
115
Table 6.2: Summary of optical measurements.
Temp.
[°C]
Time
[min]
Av. void
diameter
[µm]
Av. number of
voids
[voids/sample]
Void
content
[%]
Density
[%]
80 240 49 ± 22 8.4 ± 2.9 1.6 ± 0.5 97.6
100 60 62 ± 32 9.25 ± 2.7 1.4 ± 0.5 98.7
120 60 104 ± 29 10.8 ± 2.0 2.1 ± 0.8 95.1
140 45 229 ± 76 16.8 ± 3.5 21.4 ±
6.2
80.7
160 30 263 ± 132 - 33.5 ±
11.6
61.2
180 15 335 ± 236 - 60.5 ±
17.0
41.0
200 10 266 ± 182 - 75.1 ± 1
2.2
25.1
The results show a similar tendency as void content measure-
ment with a clear increase of the diameter for samples cured
with more than 100 °C. The number of voids increases slightly
at the samples cured with temperatures from 80 °C to 120 °C
and increases strongly at the samples cured at 140 °C. As it can
also be observed, the void content values are approximately
inverted values of density, meaning a homogeneous distribu-
tion of the voids in the different samples can be seen.
6.4. Mechanical properties of the paste ad-
hesive
A 3-point bending test is carried out in the DMA for the dif-
ferent samples measuring the storage modulus from 0 °C to
120 °C. Curves of all the samples are shown in Figure 6.14. It
can be observed a lower mechanical performance in samples
cured with higher temperature. In order to evaluate results
and compare them for all the samples, storage modulus at
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
116
room temperature (20 °C) as well as the Tg [°C] at the maxi-
mum tan δ um are measured as shown in Figure 6.13.
Figure 6.13: DMA measurement at 100 °C.
The results of the rest of the samples are shown in Figure 6.14
and Figure 6.15 and then summarized in Table 6.3.
180 200 220 2400 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
Temperature [°C]
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Sto
rag
e m
od
ulu
s[M
Pa]
Tan
del
ta [
-]
0.05
0.10
0.15
0.20
0.25
0.30
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.60Storage modulus [MPa]Tan delta [-]
6.4. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THE PASTE ADHESIVE
117
Figure 6.14: Storage modulus measured by DMA.
Figure 6.15: Storage modulus from DMA at 20 °C.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
Temperature [°C]
Sto
rag
e m
od
ulu
s[M
Pa]
240 min @ 80°C
60 min @ 100°C
60 min @ 120°C
45 min @ 140°C
30 min @ 160°C
15 min @ 180°C
10 min @ 200°C
0.00E+00
5.00E+07
1.00E+08
1.50E+08
2.00E+08
2.50E+08
3.00E+08
3.50E+08
4.00E+08
4.50E+08
5.00E+08
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Sto
rag
e m
od
. 20
°C [
MP
a]
Temperature [°C]
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
100
150
50
0
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
118
Table 6.3: Storage modulus at 20 °C and Tg.
Temperature
[°C]
Time
[min]
Storage mod.
at 20 °C [MPa] Tg [°C]
80 240 443 111.8
100 60 329 112.8
120 60 285 116.5
140 45 197 120.2
160 30 105 122.0
180 15 40 109.7
200 10 105 120.4
The storage modulus at 20 °C decreases if the samples are
cured at higher temperature. The Tg [°C] remains constant. The
increase in performance of the sample cured at 200 °C com-
pared to the sample cured at 180 °C can be explained by the
high degree of degradation of both samples.
Results of 3-point bending tests are shown in Figure 6.16 and
Figure 6.17 and then summarized in Table 6.4.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Fle
xu
ral
mo
d. [
MP
a]
Temperature [°C]
6.4. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES OF THE PASTE ADHESIVE
119
Figure 6.16: Flexural modulus of samples.
Figure 6.17: Flexural strength of samples.
Table 6.4: Summary of results in 3 point bending test.
Tempera-
ture [°C]
Time
[min]
Flexural modulus
[MPa]
Flexural
strength [MPa]
80 240 1098.5 ± 122.3 41.4 ± 4.0
100 60 1190.4 ± 106.3 44.2 ± 1.9
120 60 1062.3 ± 74.8 41.2 ± 2.3
140 45 649.7 ± 120.0 24.5 ± 5.9
160 30 474.0 ± 168.0 15.4 ± 5.8
180 15 194.5 ± 107.0 5.6 ± 2.9
200 10 115.0 ± 23.3 2.9 ± 0.9
The results of the 3-point bending test show that the mechani-
cal performance decreases with curing at high temperatures. A
decrease of performance can be observed for samples cured
with more than 120 °C. The tendency is similar to the DMA
results, but the results according to ISO 178 show high values
for samples cured with 120 °C or less.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Fle
x. s
tren
gth
[MP
a]
Temperature [°C]
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
120
Finally, the results of the SLS test are summarized in Figure
6.18 and Table 6.5.
Figure 6.18: SLS test for CFRP bonded samples.
Table 6.5: Results of single lap shear test.
Temperature
[°C]
Time
[min]
Shear
strength
[MPa]
Bondline
thickness
[mm]
Fracture
mode
80 240 24.4 ± 2.9 0.20 ± 0.01 Adherent
100 60 22.1 ± 1.8 0.18 ± 0.02 Adherent
120 60 16.3 ± 1.2 0.16 ± 0.01 Cohesive
140 45 15.5 ± 1.6 0.23 ± 0.02 Cohesive
160 30 6.0 ± 1.3 0.19 ± 0.01 Adhesive
180 15 6.1 ± 0.5 0.20 ± 0.04 Adhesive
200 10 6.6 ± 1.4 0.21 ± 0.02 Adhesive
Results show a decrease of shear strength when the curing
temperature is increased, showing an adhesive failure mode in
samples that are highly degraded. Samples cured with 80 °C
and 100 °C show adherent failure, meaning that the paste ad-
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Sh
ear
stre
ng
th [
MP
a]
Temperature [°C]
6.5. ISOTHERMAL ACCELERATION OF THE PROCESS
121
hesive is well cured. Samples with cohesive failure show a
certain degradation of the adhesive for samples cured with
120 °C or more. Finally, samples with adhesive failure show a
poor adhesion between parts meaning that curing process is
not correct due to the high temperatures applied.
6.5. Isothermal acceleration of the process
At this point, a methodology for the quality control of paste
adhesives is defined. In order to analyze the results of the ap-
plied methods, four parameters are considered.
The size of the sample gives information about the poten-
tial in real applications. In this sense, methods that need a
small amount of adhesive are more suitable because ac-
cess to the bondline can be sometimes difficult.
Dependency on other materials is undesirable because
they can influence the assessment of the adhesive quality.
Sensitivity to predict degradation is needed to assess ac-
curately if a sample is valid.
The possibility to qualify by giving a minimum value
used not only for specific paste adhesive but in general is
also desirable to generalize the methodology.
After considering these parameters, the experiments consid-
ered in this investigation are discussed:
DSC is only used to measure the degree of cure. It does not
give any information about the quality of the paste adhesives.
DMA measurements results do not show a clear point where
degradation is started. They do not differ between curing at
100 °C, where the paste adhesive has good quality, and curing
at 120 °C, when the paste adhesive is already degraded. By
this technique results cannot be compared to other adhesives
because mechanical properties can differ without meaning
degradation.
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
122
TGA analysis cannot explain the entire decrease of perfor-
mance. The reason is that evaporation of particles can only
explain formation of new voids and not the expansion of voids
trapped in the mixing process. Besides, it does not give the
possibility of qualification. Nevertheless, this analysis is im-
portant to assess the limit temperature for the curing process.
Mechanical and density measurements require big samples to
be tested. This is not always possible to acquire from real ap-
plications, where the access to the bondline can be limited.
Additionally, in the case of 3 point bending there is not a clear
difference between curing at 100 °C and 120 °C.
SLS testing, despite being today’s state of the art measuring
technique, depends on the quality of the adherent used. This
fact can influence the results significantly, leading to misun-
derstanding.
Finally, optical analysis is found to be the most accurate indi-
cator to assess the bonding quality. It has the possibility to
analyze the quality of the bonding system with a small sam-
ple. This method restricts the use of curing at 120 °C for pri-
mary structures, having a void content higher than 2 %, and
bubbles that increase in size compared to samples cured at
lower temperatures.
A summary of the parameters considered for the evaluation
and the performance of each method is shown in
6.5. ISOTHERMAL ACCELERATION OF THE PROCESS
123
Table 6.6: Techniques to validate paste adhesives.
Sample
size
Independency
from other
materials
Sensitivity to
predict degra-
dation
Possibility for
qualification
DSC + + - -
DMA + + - +
TGA + + - +
3 pt
bending - + +- +
Density - + +- +
SLS +- - +- +
Optical
testing + + + +
In order to assess the sensitivity of the measurement of the-
void content, it is compared to SLS test in Figure 6.19.
Figure 6.19: Void content compared to SLS test.
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Vo
idco
nte
nt
[%]
Shear strength [MPa]
80 C100 C
120 C
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
124
As shown in the results, curing at 120 °C produces a void con-
tent higher than 2 % that will lead to a lower mechanical per-
formance. The high deviation of the results indicates that there
are areas where the evaporation of particles has started,
whereas in other areas the lower void content is measured.
Observing all the experiments carried out, some of them show
more clearly a decrease of performance on samples cured us-
ing temperatures higher than 100 °C. In order to observe better
the behavior of the adhesive at lower temperatures, from 80 °C
to 120 °C, the results of the selected experiments are shown.
They are divided by the values of the curing reference at 80 °C
and then compared in Figure 6.20.
Figure 6.20: Results referenced to supplier’s curing.
All the tests show a decrease of performance on samples cured
with 120 °C. Nevertheless, void content measurement and sin-
gle lap shear test show more clearly this decrease of perfor-
mance on samples heated with 120 °C compared to the refer-
ence curing at 80 °C and the samples cured at 100 °C.
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
110%
120%
130%
140%
80 100 120
Pro
per
ty/
Pro
per
ty a
t 80
°C
Temperature [°C]
DMA storage mod.
3-pt-Flexural modulus
3-pt-flexural strength
Density of samples
Bubble's diameter
Porosity
Shear strength
6.6. CONCLUSIONS
125
As a conclusion, four techniques are selected within the tech-
niques applied in this study to define a quality control meth-
odology: TGA, DSC, single lap shear test and void content
measurement by optical testing.
TGA analysis of a non-cured paste adhesive sample deter-
mines the temperature where the evaporation, which will lead
to the increment of void content, begins. Once the onset is cal-
culated, this temperature is used as a first assessment for the
upper limit for the manufacturing of samples.
After curing the samples at different temperatures, DSC must
be carried out to ensure the complete curing of samples. Then
mechanical testing assesses the temperature limit where the
performance of the adhesive is affected. Recommended me-
chanical testing is today’s state of the art, SLS. The limit tem-
perature for the curing process is selected by observing when
the mechanical performance of the different samples decreases
and the fracture mode turns from adherent to cohesive.
Additionally, optical testing is recommended to measure the
void content in order to validate the results from TGA. The
advantage of this testing, compared to SLS, is that it is inde-
pendent from the adherent quality. In this sense, it gives in-
formation only about the paste adhesive quality, which will be
affected if the void content is higher than 2 %.
6.6. Conclusions
A temperature increase is used in this Chapter to accelerate
the curing process, proving that the void formation influences
the mechanical performance of the joint. For this reason this
value must be limited, ensuring that the curing process does
not degrade the paste adhesive. In this chapter, it is proved
that a void formation lower than 2 % does not influence the
mechanical performance of the joint.
CHAPTER 6: ISOTHERMAL HEATING PROCESS
126
The analysis of the void content is shown to be an accurate
method to assess the quality of a cured paste adhesive. This
system is simple, needing only one optical study with the mi-
croscope. The technique can be used complementary to single
lap shear tests. This is especially useful because it does not
depend on the quality of the adherent and requires small
samples that can be easily obtained.
The analysis of the void diameter and void content is proved
to represent the quality of the paste adhesive under study.
This technique shows a main advantage that can always be
applied, even when traditional NDI techniques cannot be ap-
plied due to the small void size.
127
Chapter 7
Cure dependent heating process
In this chapter, a multistep heating approach is considered to
accelerate the curing process. This chapter analyzes experi-
mentally the effects of a temperature increase at different cur-
ing stages to the void formation.
The results presented in this chapter have been published as
an Article in the International Journal of Adhesion and Adhesives
(see Sánchez Cebrián, A., Basler, R., Klunker, F., Zogg M., Ac-
celeration of the curing process of a paste adhesive for aerospace ap-
plications considering cure dependent void formations,
International Journal of Adhesion and Adhesives, 2014. 48: p.
51-58.)
7.1. Introduction
This chapter presents the results of a research investigating the
acceleration of the curing process of the paste adhesive system
LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2 by means of a cure dependent
heating process.
In chapter 6, the curing process could be accelerated with a
single isothermal heating stage at 100 °C for 1 hour without
affecting the mechanical performance of the joint. Curing the
paste adhesive with a higher temperature significantly in-
creased the void formation. In this context, the objective of this
chapter is the investigation of a non-isothermal curing strategy
to accelerate and its impact in the curing process of the paste
adhesive.
CHAPTER 7: CURE DEPENDENT HEATING PROCESS
128
As a first approach to non-isothermal curing processes, dual
step heating processes are used in this investigation, i.e. a pro-
cess to cure a paste adhesive consisting of two temperature
steps. This approach is based on the hypothesis that paste ad-
hesives are more vulnerable to void formation at the early
stages of curing, as proved in Chapter 4: Modeling of the degra-
dation kinetics. For this reason, low temperatures are initially
applied. Then, as soon as a certain degree of cure is reached,
the temperature might be raised without increasing the void
formation of the paste adhesive. The dual step heating process
represents a first step towards optimization of curing cycles of
paste adhesives by variable temperature cycles. In this context,
the impact of increasing the temperature at different stages of
the curing reaction must be previously evaluated.
7.2. Approach
The approach to accelerate the curing process of paste adhe-
sives consists of a cure dependent heating process, increasing
the curing temperature when the degree of cure is high
enough to ensure a low void formation. The ideal curing pro-
cess is expected to be a ramp with a variable slope. It would
starting at a low temperature, increasing it when the paste ad-
hesive becomes more resistant to void formation due to the
higher degree of cure: When the degree of cure exceeds the
gelation point, typically with a degree of cure between 55 and
80 %, the solidification occurs [85, 86], therefore the formation
of voids is hindered. As a consequence, such a curing strategy
would ensure a low void formation and thus maintaining a
good mechanical performance.
As a first approach towards an optimum curing cycle with
regards to low final void content, this Chapter considers a du-
al stage heating process. It consists of two isothermal heating
stages, as it is shown in Figure 7.1. The heating rates applied
7.2. APPROACH
129
in this study for reaching the two isothermal stages are set to
25 °C/min. For the used setup this is the maximum heating
rate which can be applied accurately in order to ensure a re-
producible quality of the samples. Lower heating rates are not
considered because they would unnecessarily increase the
overall heating time. 25 °C /min seems to be a good compro-
mise between acceleration and accuracy of the applied tem-
perature. For this reason, this rate is used if not indicated the
contrary in this dissertation to accelerate the curing process of
samples.
Figure 7.1: Two step heating process.
The range of the parameters affecting the void formation and
the degree of cure to be studied are:
Initial temperatures [°C] in the range of 80 °C to 160
°C. Chapter 6 has shown that higher temperatures de-
grade the paste adhesive too much and lower temper-
atures do not improve the quality of the paste adhe-
sive but require longer curing cycles.
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0 500 1000 1500 2000
α > 0.95
Temperature [°C]Degree of cure [-]
T1
T2
t1 t2
Tem
per
atu
re[°
C]
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Time [min]
CHAPTER 7: CURE DEPENDENT HEATING PROCESS
130
The duration of the first heating step [min] is de-
fined in steps of 5 minutes between 5 and 20 minutes.
The reason is to get samples with a wide range of de-
gree of cure after the first heating stage. Then, the in-
fluence of the gelation in the void formation can be
analyzed.
The second stage at [°C] is carried out in the range
of 140 °C to 180 °C to reach a degree of cure of 95 %.
This is the minimum considered for aerospace appli-
cations. Lower temperatures are already considered
for the first step ( [°C]). Higher temperatures are not
considered because the maximum achievable [°C]
of the adherents is around 190 °C, and the bonded
joint could be damaged.
The duration of the second step, is varied in steps
of 5 minutes. As a consequence, samples with a degree
of cure higher and lower than 95 % are obtained. This
allows calculating the necessary heating time at the
second step to achieve a degree of cure of exactly 95
%. Additionally, the void content at this point can be
calculated by linear regression.
The aforementioned processing parameters of the curing pro-
cess affect the degree of cure and the void formation. In order
to assess its influence, samples of pure paste adhesive are pro-
duced applying different curing cycles, as described in Ap-
pendix B.4. Then, the void content of these samples is meas-
ured by microscopy techniques. The cure kinetics model for
this paste adhesive, detailed in Chapter 3: Modeling of the Cure
Kinetics, is used to calculate the resulting degree of cure in the
sample.
The following information about the curing cycles applied is
obtained:
7.2. APPROACH
131
Calculated degree of cure after the first heating step
( )
Total curing time considering the time of the
heating ramps ( )
Calculated degree of cure after the curing process (
Measured void content ( )
Assessment of [min] necessary to achieve 95 % of
degree of cure ( )
Total curing time to get a degree of cure of 95 %
( )
Estimation of the void content of samples with a de-
gree of cure of 95 % ( )
Finally, samples cured with the same variation of curing cy-
cles are mechanically tested to validate the cure dependent
heating process. The selection of samples for mechanical test-
ing is based on two criteria, which are ensuring the accelera-
tion of the process:
The overall curing time is shorter than 30 minutes in-
cluding heating ramps
The degree of cure is greater equal 95 %, as required
in aerospace applications [10].
Mechanical testing is performed with the objective to evaluate
the decrease of the mechanical performance of the paste adhe-
sive by the void formation. In this context, samples are pro-
duced with different curing cycles thus generating different
void formations. Additionally, 5 more sample plates are pro-
duced curing the adhesive isothermally with temperatures
from 80 °C to 160 °C. These plates are used as reference in or-
der to show the potential for the acceleration of the curing
process by means of the cure dependent heating process.
CHAPTER 7: CURE DEPENDENT HEATING PROCESS
132
7.3. Impact of the processing parameters
7.3.1. Impact of on the curing process
The samples tested for the analysis of are produced with an
initial stage of 15 minutes. As a result, samples with the de-
gree of cure in the range of the expected gelation point (55-80
%) are obtained. The second stage is carried out at 140 °C in
order to minimize the void formation. This stage is carried out
until the curing process is finished. are also varied
afterwards in order to observe their impact on the curing pro-
cess and the void formation. The results of the analysis of
are shown in Table 7.1.
7.3. IMPACT OF THE PROCESSING PARAMETERS
133
Table 7.1: Effect of T1 [°C] on the curing process.
[
°C]
[
min
]
[
-]
[
°C]
[
min
]
[m
in]
[
-]
𝑽𝒄 [
-]
=𝟗𝟓
[m
in]
=
𝟗𝟓
[min
] 𝑽
𝒄𝟗𝟓
% [
-]
80
15
57.0
14
0 5
24.7
92
.9
4.1
7.2
26.8
4.
3 80
15
57
.0
140
10
29.7
96
.5
4.5
100
15
79.9
14
0 5
24.7
94
.1
1.3
6.2
25.8
1.
4 10
0 15
79
.9
140
15
34.7
97
.9
1.5
120
15
92.3
14
0 2
21.7
94
.8
3.8
2.4
22.1
3.
8 12
0 15
92
.3
140
5 24
.7
96.3
3.
9
140
5 90
.9
- -
9.7
90.9
4.
4 -
13.5
5.
5 14
0 15
97
.4
- -
19.7
97
.4
6.1
CHAPTER 7: CURE DEPENDENT HEATING PROCESS
134
As already discussed in Chapter 6; the initial curing tempera-
ture affects critically the void formation during the curing
process. For this reason, and in order to fulfill the maximum
void content value of 2 % considered in this investigation, the
initial curing temperature must be limited for this paste adhe-
sive to 100 °C.
The results of the analysis of the impact of in the curing
process are shown in Table 7.1 and can be summarized as fol-
lows:
An initial heating stage at 80 °C with a premature in-
crease of temperature leads to a high void formation
(4.3 %). In this case, the increase of temperature is car-
ried out when the paste adhesive has a degree of cure
of 57 %, the lowest point of solidification.
Curing the paste adhesive initially with 100 °C for 15
minutes leads to a degree of cure of 80 %; therefore the
solidification is already at an advanced state. At this
level, if the temperature is increased to 140 °C a low
void content (1.3%) is generated on the paste adhe-
sive. Additionally, the curing time is shorter than 26
minutes.
Applying an initial temperature of 120 °C will shorten
the curing cycle compared to an initial temperature of
100 °C. In this case a degree of cure of 92.3 % is ob-
tained after the first heating step. The total curing time
is about 22 minutes. However, it will increase the void
formation to levels that might reduce its mechanical
performance.
An initial temperature of 140 °C can completely cure
the adhesive in less than 14 minutes. However, the
void content is 5.5 %, indicating a higher initial evapo-
ration of volatiles as stated at the hypotheses of Chap-
ter 4: Modeling of the Degradation Kinetics.
7.3. IMPACT OF THE PROCESSING PARAMETERS
135
This test proves that the initial curing temperature affects crit-
ically the void formation during the curing process: When the
paste adhesive has a low degree of cure, high temperatures
will lead to an increase of void formation of the final paste
adhesive. For this reason, for the paste adhesive under study
the initial curing temperature must be limited to 100 °C.
7.3.2. Impact of on the curing process
According to the aforementioned results, [°C] is set to
100 °C. In this section the initial heating time is varied. The
curing in the second stage takes place at 140 °C. Results are
shown in Table 7.2.
CHAPTER 7: CURE DEPENDENT HEATING PROCESS
136
Table 7.2: Effect of t1 [°C] on the curing process.
[°C
]
[min
]
[-]
[°C
]
[min
]
[min
]
[-]
𝑽𝒄
[-]
=𝟗𝟓
[min
]
=
𝟗𝟓
[min
]
𝑽𝒄𝟗𝟓
%
[-]
100
5 56
.3
140
5 14
.7
92.3
3.
9 7.
9 17
.6
4.6
100
5 56
.3
140
15
24.7
97
.6
5.2
100
10
72.2
14
0 5
19.7
93
.4
2.8
7 21
.7
3.0
100
10
72.2
14
0 15
29
.7
97.7
3.
2
100
15
79.9
14
0 5
24.7
94
.1
1.3
6.2
25.8
1.
4 10
0 15
79
.9
140
15
34.8
97
.9
1.5
100
20
84.2
14
0 5
29.7
94
.8
1.2
5.4
30.1
1.
2 10
0 20
84
.2
140
10
34.7
97
.0
1.2
7.3. IMPACT OF THE PROCESSING PARAMETERS
137
The best curing strategy consists on increasing the curing
temperature over 100 °C when the degree of cure exceeds the
gelation point and reaches certain solidification. The reason is
that after this point, the paste adhesive can withstand the in-
crement of temperatures without major evaporation of vola-
tiles. Additionally, it is proved that a longer initial curing step
does not decrease significantly the void content, but increases
the processing time. In the case of the paste adhesive under
study, a recommendable degree of cure after the first heating
step is about 80 %, obtained after heating at 100 °C for 15
minutes.
7.3.3. Impact of the second heating stage on
the curing process
In this section, the curing temperature is varied between
140 °C and 180 °C and the duration of this curing stage is var-
ied between 0 and 20 minutes. equal to 0 means that curing
the process is completed after the second ramp-up. Results are
shown in Table 7.3.
CHAPTER 7: CURE DEPENDENT HEATING PROCESS
138
Table 7.3: Effect of T2 [°C] on the curing process.
[°C
]
[min
]
[-]
[°C
]
[min
]
[min
]
[-]
𝑽𝒄
[-]
=𝟗𝟓
[min
]
=
𝟗𝟓
[min
]
𝑽𝒄𝟗𝟓
%
[-]
100
15
79.9
14
0 5
24.7
94
.1
1.3
6.2
25.8
1.
3 10
0 15
79
.9
140
15
34.7
97
.9
1.5
100
15
79.9
16
0 2
22.5
94
.5
2.6
2.4
22.9
2.
6 10
0 15
79
.9
160
5 25
.5
97.3
2.
9
100
15
79.9
18
0 0
21.3
92
.8
2.9
0.7
21.9
3.
0 10
0 15
79
.9
180
5 26
.3
98.8
3.
1
7.3. IMPACT OF THE PROCESSING PARAMETERS
139
The results prove that a higher [°C] increases void content,
but affecting less to the void formation than an increase of
[°C]. The reason is the more advanced state of the chemical
reaction. These results confirm the conclusions of the TGA
analysis, showing that the effect of high curing temperatures
decrease with the cure progression. For this paste adhesive the
maximum curing temperature in the second heating stage is
140 °C considering a maximum void formation of 2 %.
7.3.4. Mechanical testing
Finally, SLS tests of CFRP plates bonded by induction heating
are carried out to validate the cure dependent heating ap-
proach. From Chapter 6, the samples with a void content low-
er than 2 % are expected to keep the maximum mechanical
performance. Besides, the samples with higher void content
are expected to show a lower mechanical performance. The
results of 5 samples tested for each curing cycle are summa-
rized in Table 7.4.
Additionally, Figure 7.2 shows the relation between mechani-
cal performance and void formation. Two regions are
sketched, describing the difference domains of failure of the
joints. Adherent failure occurs by the delamination of the sub-
strate, meaning that the adhesive is not fully loaded. Cohesive
failure is due to a failure of the paste adhesive. In this case it
means a degradation of the paste adhesive due to the high
temperatures applied.
CHAPTER 7: CURE DEPENDENT HEATING PROCESS
140
Table 7.4: Summary of SLS test. S
amp
le
Cu
rin
g p
roce
ss
Sh
ear
stre
ng
th [
MP
a]
Fai
lure
mo
de
[
-]
𝑽𝒄 [
%]
[m
in]
1 10
0 °C
, 10
min
+ 1
60 °
C, 1
0 m
in
21.7
± 1
.9
25 %
Ad
her
. 75
% C
oh
98
.7
3.8
25.5
2 10
0 °C
, 15
min
+ 1
40 °
C, 1
0 m
in
26.2
± 0
.5
Ad
her
ent
96.7
1.
5 29
.7
3 10
0 °
C, 1
5 m
in +
160
°C
, 2.5
min
25
.2 ±
1.8
A
dh
eren
t 95
.0
2.6
23.0
4 10
0 °C
, 15
min
+ 1
60 °
C, 5
min
26
.4 ±
1.3
A
dh
eren
t 97
.3
2.9
25.5
5 12
0 °C
, 5 m
in +
160
°C
, 10
min
14
.6 ±
2.7
C
oh
esiv
e 98
.8
4.6
20.5
6 12
0 °C
, 10
min
+ 1
40 °
C, 5
min
20
.9 ±
4.2
25
% A
dh
er. 7
5 %
Co
h.
95.6
4.
3 19
.7
7 12
0 °C
, 10
min
+ 1
60 °
C, 1
0 m
in
19.5
± 2
.5
25 %
Ad
her
. 75
% C
oh
. 98
.9
4.1
25.5
8 12
0 °C
, 15
min
+ 1
60 °
C, 5
min
22
.9 ±
1.8
A
dh
eren
t 98
.1
3.7
25.5
9 14
0 °C
, 5 m
in +
180
°C
, 5 m
in
11.3
± 7
.9
Co
hes
ive
99.0
13
.4
16.3
R80
80
°C
, 240
min
24
.4 ±
1.5
A
dh
eren
t 95
.0
1.3
242.
3
R10
0 10
0 °C
, 60
min
22
.1 ±
2.1
A
dh
eren
t 93
.1
1.4
63.1
R12
0 12
0 °C
, 60
min
15
.2 ±
2.1
50
% A
dh
er. 5
0 %
Ad
hes
. 98
.6
3.9
63.9
R14
0 14
0 °C
, 15
min
9.
6 ±
3.4
Co
hes
ive
97.6
6.
1 49
.7
R16
0 16
0 °C
, 10
min
8.
1 ±
7.8
Co
hes
ive
98.6
15
.6
16.3
7.3. IMPACT OF THE PROCESSING PARAMETERS
141
Figure 7.2: Impact of void formation on the shear strength.
The results of the mechanical performance test show that an
increment of the void formation decreases the mechanical per-
formance of the joint. The reason is that the increment of void
formation reduces the effective bonding area, thus reducing
the mechanical performance of the bonded joint.
Additionally, it shows that the standard deviation of the shear
strength is higher when the void formation is increased. This
mainly results from the fact that, in general, samples with low
void formation fail due to the delamination of the CFRP
plates. In contrast, samples with cohesive failure show a high-
er standard deviation of the mechanical performance of the
joint. The reason is that the failure is caused by the degrada-
tion of the paste adhesive, which can vary from sample to
sample.
As shown in the analysis of the dual step heating process, a
high initial curing temperature or a premature increase of
Adherent
1
2 3 4
5
68
9
R80
R100
R140
R1607
R120
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0 5 10 15 20
Sh
ear
stre
ng
th [
MP
a]
Void content [%]
Cohesive / Mixed
CHAPTER 7: CURE DEPENDENT HEATING PROCESS
142
temperature lead to a higher void formation, affecting the me-
chanical performance of the joint. This fact can be observed
comparing data sets 1-4, cured initially at 100 °C and 5-9, ini-
tially cured at 120 °C, showing a lower mechanical perfor-
mance. The reason is that the paste adhesive in a liquid state is
heated by higher temperatures, leading to fast evaporation of
volatiles. The temperature of the second curing stage can also
increase the void formation, despite being carried out after the
gelation point is reached. The reason is the evaporation of vol-
atiles if a too high temperature is used.
Applying the cure dependent heating process considered in
this investigation, the mechanical performance of the adhesive
cured under the recommended curing cycle (R80) can be
maintained. Sample 2 proves that the void formation can be
kept low and the curing of the paste adhesive can be accelerat-
ed by an increment of the curing temperatures when the gela-
tion point is reached.
7.4. Conclusions
In this Chapter, a dual step curing method is applied to accel-
erate the curing process of paste adhesives, consisting of two
dwell stages at different temperatures. It is proved that the
curing process must be carried out at low temperature until
the gelation point is reached to avoid void formation. For the
paste adhesive investigated, this point is about a degree of
cure of 80 %. Afterwards, the second dwell stage is used to
accelerate the curing process, without significantly increasing
the void content or reducing the mechanical performance of
the joint.
This approach is used to accelerate the curing cycle of the
paste adhesive under study, LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2 from
Huntsman Advanced Materials. For the best strategy found in
this Chapter, the second heating stage was approximately 15
7.4. CONCLUSIONS
143
°C higher than the final glass transition temperature ( = 126
°C) without significantly affecting the final void content. The
overall processing time is reduced from four hours for the rec-
ommended cure cycle to 30 minutes.
However, the dual step curing approach described in this
Chapter is a first step towards the complete process optimiza-
tion. In this chapter, the curing time is reduced by 87 % still
maintaining the mechanical performance of the joint. This re-
search opens a window for an optimization, as the curing time
could possibly be further reduced if additional curing stages
are considered, leading to a more complex but efficient pro-
cess.
CHAPTER 7: CURE DEPENDENT HEATING PROCESS
144
145
Chapter 8
Process optimization
In this chapter, the optimization routine to accelerate the cur-
ing process of paste adhesives is described. This routine is
based on the thermal degradation model of Chapter 4: Model-
ing of the Degradation Kinetics. Afterwards, this solution is vali-
dated experimentally by measuring the void formation and
the mechanical performance of bonded joints.
8.1. Introduction
After analyzing the effect of high temperatures in the curing
process and modeling the cure kinetics and void formation,
the optimization of the curing process is carried out. The ob-
jective function under study is depending upon two nested
ODEs: The cure kinetics and the thermal degradation of the
paste adhesive. Additionally, the gradients are not available,
having a single objective function with real, scalar values that
might have local minima. In this context, the optimization al-
gorithm used in this dissertation is the CMA-ES (Covariance
Matrix Adaptation Evolution Strategy). This is a stochastic,
derivative-free method for optimization of non-linear prob-
lems [87-90]. More complex algorithms e.g. genetic algorithms
are not considered due to the relative simplicity of the prob-
lem, having a single objective.
In each one of the iterations, new candidates are evaluated
and the ones with higher fitness value are maintained for the
next generation. The fitness function is just the curing time,
CHAPTER 8: PROCESS OPTIMIZATION
146
aiming to be minimized. Additionally, boundary conditions
are considered in order to accept as candidates for the optimal
solutions those curing cycles completing the curing process
(α ≥ 95 %) with a void content lower than 1.5 %.
A standard deviation of the void content when applying the
optimal curing cycle lower than 0.5 % has been considered.
The reason is to ensure a final void formation always lower
than 2 %. The overall optimization process is shown in the box
diagram of Figure 8.1.
Figure 8.1: Optimization scheme of the curing process.
After the optimal candidate is calculated, it is validated con-
sidering two experimental testing: Microscopy and Single lap
Shear test (SLS). These tests must ensure the robustness of the
process with a high mechanical performance in the range of
the reference curing cycle. Additionally, a lower void for-
mation than 2 % must be guaranteed as defined in Chapter 6.
Next, the other paste adhesive considered in this investigation
is optimized, thus proving the repeatability of the process.
Void formation model
Initial values:
Ti, [K] ti [s]
T(t)T [K]
t [s]
Cure kinetics
Thermal degradation
Evolutionary algorithm
CMA-ES
Objective function:
• Reduce time
Constrains:
• Void content ≤ 1.5 %
• Degree of Cure ≥ 95 %
Void formation – thermal degradation
Optimal solution
Convergence
No Yes
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
0.0031 0.0032 0.0033 0.0034 0.0035 0.0036 0.0037 0.0038 0.0039
Vo
id c
on
ten
t [%
]
Rel. evaporated mass calculated for α = 95 % [-]
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Time [min]
1.0
0.9
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Experimental 70 °CFitting 70 °CExperimental 80 ° CFitting 80 ° CExperimental 90 ° CFitting 90 ° CExperimental 100 ° CFitting 100 ° CExperimental 110 ° CFitting 110 ° C
0.994
0.995
0.996
0.997
0.998
0.999
1
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Rel
ativ
e m
ass
[-]
Time [min]
TGA 60 °C
Model 60 °C
TGA 80 °C
Model 80 °C
TGA 100 °C
Model 100 °C
TGA 120 °C
Model 120 °C
TGA 140 °C
Model 140 °C
TGA 160 °C
Model 160 °C
8.2. OPTIMIZATION OF THE LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2
147
8.2. Optimization of the LME 10049-4 / LMB
6687-2
After the analysis of more than 4’000 candidates, the algorithm
converges, meaning that the stop criterion is reached. It is set
to converge when the difference of the fitness function be-
tween two candidates evaluated consecutively is lower than
1e-2. In order to check the robustness of the solution found, the
program is run 10 times obtaining always the same results,
shown in Figure 8.2.
Figure 8.2: Optimal curing cycle of the LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2.
The optimal curing cycle accelerates the processing time
89.8 % compared to the reference curing cycle. For the valida-
tion, 26 samples are produced following the details given in
Appendix B.4. The void content is shown in Table 8.1.
Table 8.1: Microscopy test of the optimal curing cycle.
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
0 5 10 15 20 25
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Tem
per
atu
re [
ºC]
Time [min]
Temperature [ºC]
Degree of cure [-]
CHAPTER 8: PROCESS OPTIMIZATION
148
Sample Vc [%] Sample Vc [%] Sample Vc [%]
1 1.58 ± 0.20 10 1.59 ± 0.31 19 0.91 ± 0.43
2 1.77 ± 0.35 11 1.54 ± 0.57 20 1.58 ± 0.52
3 1.55 ± 0.39 12 1.49 ± 0.62 21 1.24 ± 0.47
4 1.53 ± 0.33 13 1.52 ± 0.40 22 1.17 ± 0.40
5 1.72 ± 0.19 14 1.31 ± 0.62 23 1.41 ± 0.36
6 1.87 ± 0.30 15 1.81 ± 0.20 24 0.98 ± 0.36
7 1.78 ± 0.41 16 1.99 ± 0.25 25 0.63 ± 0.09
8 1.21 ± 0.64 17 1.73 ± 0.24 26 1.41 ± 0.78
9 1.45 ± 0.47 18 1.56 ± 0.57
The results validate the optimal curing cycle, having an aver-
age void formation of 1.48 ± 0.47 %. The standard deviation
measured is in agreement with the predicted value of 0.5. This
means that the optimal curing cycle ensures an average void
formation for all samples lower than 2 %.
Additionally, 8 SLS samples are mechanically tested following
the Appendix A.3. The results are summarized in Table 8.2.
8.2. OPTIMIZATION OF THE LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2
149
Table 8.2: SLS test of the optimal curing process.
Overlap
[mm]
Bondline
thickness
[mm]
Width
[mm]
Force
[N]
Shear
Strength
[MPa]
Fracture
mode
14.7 0.15 22.6 8’133 24.6 Adherent
14.1 0.20 22.6 7’566 23.7 Adherent
14.5 0.19 22.6 8’084 24.7 Adherent
14.5 0.19 22.6 8’091 24.8 Adherent
14.2 0.23 22.3 7’849 24.8 Adherent
14.2 0.19 22.5 7’603 23.9 Adherent
14.0 0.19 22.9 8’041 25.1 Adherent
14.4 0.19 21.9 7’842 25.0 Adherent
The mechanical performance is compared to the reference cur-
ing cycle. The results of SLS test are shown in Figure 8.3.
Figure 8.3: Recommended and optimal curing cycles of the LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
4h at 80 °C Optimal cycle
Sh
ear
stre
ng
th [
MP
a]
CHAPTER 8: PROCESS OPTIMIZATION
150
It is proved that the original mechanical performance is main-
tained with the optimized curing cycle and the processing
time is reduced 90 %.
8.3. Optimization of the LME 10625 / LME
10626
In order to prove the repeatability of the process, the same
methodology is followed with the paste adhesive system LME
10625 / LME 10626. The results of the optimization routine are
shown in Figure 8.4.
Figure 8.4: Optimal curing cycle of the LME 10625 / LME 10626.
This cycle can be compared to the reference curing cycle, es-
tablished at 2 hours at 80 °C. The processing time is reduced
87.2 %, achieving 95 % of degree of cure. The optimal curing
cycle is validated by measuring the void formation in 4 sam-
ples and 5 measurements each. Additionally, the mechanical
performance with 6 SLS samples according to EN 2243-1. The
results of the microscopy are summarized in Table 8.3 and the
SLS test in Table 8.4.
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0 5 10 15 20
Deg
ree
of
cure
[-]
Tem
per
aure
[ C
]
Time [min]
Temperature [°C]
Degree of cure [-]
8.3. OPTIMIZATION OF THE LME 10625 / LME 10626
151
Table 8.3: Microscopy of samples cured with the optimal curing cycle.
Sample Void content [%]
1 1.41 ± 0.71
2 1.84 ± 0.35
3 1.63 ± 0.21
4 1.40 ± 0.53
The void content proves that the optimal curing cycle has a
void content lower than 2 %, being equal to 1.57 ± 0.5., ensur-
ing the quality of the paste adhesive.
Table 8.4: SLS test of the optimal curing process.
Overlap
[mm]
Bondline
thickness
[mm]
Width
[mm]
Force
[N]
Shear
Strength
[MPa]
Fracture
mode
13.2 0.16 25.1 8’906 26.88 Adherent
13.2 0.16 25.1 8’724 26.37 Adherent
13.2 0.06 24.9 7’277 22.14 Adherent
13.2 0.11 25.1 8’274 24.95 Adherent
13.2 0.14 25.1 9’252 27.95 Adherent
13.2 0.10 25.1 8’432 25.45 Adherent
Finally, the mechanical performance is compared to the refer-
ence curing cycle (2 hours at 80 °C with the oven) measured
by Huntsman Advanced Materials (TA 211-03-02-02 of Clean
Sky JTI). The average value for 6 samples tested is 24.38 ± 1.2.
The results are shown in Figure 8.5.
CHAPTER 8: PROCESS OPTIMIZATION
152
Figure 8.5: Comparison between recommended and optimal curing cycles of
the LME 10625 / LME 10626.
Also in this case, the mechanical performance of the optimal
curing cycle is maintained if compared to the reference curing
cycle.
8.4. Conclusions
In this chapter, the curing process of paste adhesives is opti-
mized with respect to the time using the models developed
thorough this doctoral dissertation. The process is carried out
for the two paste adhesive systems under study. The solutions
are experimentally validated, proving that the mechanical per-
formance of the joint is maintained if compared to the recom-
mended curing cycles.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
2h at 80 °C Optimal cycle
Sh
ear
stre
ng
th [
MP
a]
153
Part IV
Demonstrator
154
155
Chapter 9
Design and assembly of the de-
monstrator
This chapter discusses the challenges when applying induc-
tion heating to complex structures. Additionally, the design
and the assembly process of the technology demonstrator
used to validate the research of this doctoral thesis are de-
tailed.
9.1. Introduction
The research in previous chapters considers SLS samples to
validate the optimization of the curing process of paste adhe-
sives. In a real environment, a number of phenomena are af-
fecting the temperature generated in the bondline:
Edge effect: Heating a long component may lead to a
temperature decrease at the edge of the structure. The
main reasons are a coil efficiency decrease combined with
a variation of the convective cooling at the edges of the
structure. This effect must be considered in order to avoid
that the bondline at the edges of the structure are under
cured.
Variable laminate thickness: Heating a CFRP susceptor
requires the accuracy of the laminate thickness to guaran-
tee an even heating of the component.
Inhomogeneity of the convection coefficient: Complex
shapes may lead to a variation of the air flow due to
CHAPTER 9: DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
156
holes, closed chambers and changes of the shape of the
structure. This may affect to the convective cooling.
Distance between coil and the susceptor: The heat in-
duced depends on this distance. In some parts it might
happen that this distance varies, leading to bondline lo-
cally under cured if the distance increases or locally with
a higher void formation if the distance decreases.
Accessibility of the temperature sensors: In complex
structures, the access for the temperature sensors is some-
times limited. For this reason, the calibration of the sensor
positioning is a crucial step.
In this context, the challenge when bonding a real component
is to achieve a homogeneous temperature distribution at the
bondline. For this reason, the implications of considering a
real 3 dimensional component are investigated, discussing an
approach to ensure a correct curing process.
Afterwards, the methodology described in this investigation
to accelerate the curing process of paste adhesive is applied to
a real component. The geometry selected to demonstrate the
research findings is the aileron of the Dornier 228. This com-
ponent is described and validated regarding the geometric
technical specifications of the Clean Sky JTI.
9.2. Procedure for bonding complex parts
During the assembly process of complex structures, the effects
described in the previous section might lead to a temperature
difference inside the bondline. As a consequence, if the opti-
mal curing process is applied, there could be sports where ei-
ther the curing process is not completed or the void formation
is higher than 2 %. In order to tackle this problem, the ap-
proach followed summarized in Figure 9.1 is followed.
9.2. PROCEDURE FOR BONDING COMPLEX PARTS
157
Figure 9.1: Approach to optimize the curing cycle in complex structures.
Firstly, an accurate temperature distribution analysis at the
bondlines must be performed. One option is to simulate the
curing process, as described in Chapter 5: Simulation of the cur-
ing process of paste adhesives by induction heating. With an ap-
propriate tool, the temperature difference can be predicted.
The accuracy of a thermal model is depending mainly on the
complexity of the part and the accuracy of the convective cool-
ing. In this sense, a complex part will have a more complex air
flow being more difficult to model and therefore less accurate.
In this dissertation, some guidelines are provided in Appendix
B.3 to improve the model accuracy.
Additionally, a proper experimental calibration is necessary to
ensure that the desired temperature is applied. For this reason,
the temperature distribution is accurately characterized at
each bondline obtaining:
The temperature difference between the measuring
spot and the bondline: The pyrometer measures the
temperature at the surface of the susceptor. In some
cases, especially if the laminate is thick, higher tem-
peratures are generated in the bondline. This value is
used to calibrate the temperature sensors.
Analysis of thetemperaturedistribution
Optimizationof curing cycle
of complexstructures
T(t) ∆Tbondline 0 °C
Chapter 10
Optimizationof curing cycle
of simple structures
T(t) ∆Tbondline= 0 °C
Cure kineticsmodel
α = f (T,t)
Thermal degradation
model
= f (T,t)
Voidformation
modelVc = f (T,t)
Optmization for simple structures
Optmization for complex structures
Simulation Experimental
CHAPTER 9: DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
158
The temperature difference existing inside of the
bondline: This value must be considered as input for
the optimization of the curing cycle for complex ge-
ometries.
The optimization must define two curing profiles linked by
the temperature difference measured. The boundaries are
modified in order to ensure that:
The warmest profile does not lead to a void formation
higher than 1.5 %.
The coldest profile is completely cured, α ≥ 95 %.
9.3. Description of the demonstrator
The geometry used as technology demonstrator in this re-
search is the aileron of the Dornier 228. It is modified in col-
laboration with structural engineers from RUAG, a project
partner of Clean Sky JTI. The objective is to adapt today’s ge-
ometry of the aileron, made of aluminum, to a new design
having CFRP parts bonded by induction heating. The real
component is shown in Figure 9.2 [91].
Figure 9.2: Image of the Dornier 228.
Aileron
9.3. DESCRIPTION OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
159
The final aileron proposed for this doctoral thesis is made of
12 CFRP parts, as detailed in Figure 9.3. The material used is
the CFRP detailed in Appendix A.1.
Figure 9.3: Geometry of the aileron of the Dormier 228.
A detail of the rear part consisting of two doublers and the C-
spars is shown in Figure 9.4.
Figure 9.4: Detail of the rear part of the aileron.
The layup sequence of the parts was determined by RUAG,
aiming to keep the mechanical performance of the aluminum
Upper C-spar
Lower C-spar
Rib 1
T- stringer
L- stringer
Upper skin
Lower skin
Outer doubler
Inner doubler
Rib 2
Rib 3
Rib 4
Doubler
End profile
Left edge
Right edge
Upper C-spar
Lower C-spar
Outer doubler
Inner doubler
CHAPTER 9: DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
160
original parts. The layup consists of [± 45, 0/90, ± 45] for all the
parts, excepting for one side of the skins and for the C-Spar,
with a layup of [± 45, 0/90, ± 45, ± 45, 0/90, ± 45]. A detail of the
stepwise layup used in one side of the skins is shown Figure
9.5.
Figure 9.5: Layup sequence of the side of the skins.
All the CFRP parts are produced following the Section A.2.1.
Production of CFRP laminates.
9.4. Assembly process
The assembly sequence consists of 9 steps with 21 bondlines,
summarized in Table 9.1. The adhesive and adherents are pre-
pared as detailed in Appendix A.1. Glass beads of 0.1 mm are
used and pressure is applied during the curing process. The
reason is to ensure a bondline thickness between 0.1 and 0.3
mm.
The optimal curing cycle of the paste adhesive system LME
10049-4 / LMB 6687-2 is applied to all the bondlines. This cur-
ing cycle is selected, although it is predicted that some of the
bondlines might have a higher void content than expected.
The reason is the temperature differences between the measur-
ing spot and the maximum temperature inside of the
bondline. This point is addressed in detail in Chapter 10: Anal-
ysis of the demonstrator.
9.4. ASSEMBLY PROCESS
161
The temperature is controlled with the IR pyrometer [IN 510,
LumaSense] and with the optical fiber pyrometer for high
temperature measurements [FTP-NY2-ST2-2M-BA, Photon
Control, Canada]. The positioning is detailed at each assembly
step. The use of fans to create a forced convection cooling sce-
nario is not considered due to the complexity of the bondlines.
However, its use is discussed in Chapter 10: Analysis of the de-
monstrator. The maximum temperature deviation measured
during the process is always kept under 3 °C compared to the
curing cycle defined in Section 8.2: Optimization and validation
of the LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2.
Table 9.1: Summary of the bondlines of the demonstrator.
Bondline
1 T-str. made of 2 L str. 12 Rib 1 to lower skin
2 T-str. to lower skin 13 Rib 2 to lower skin
3 L str. to upper skin 14 Rib 3 to lower skin
4 Rib 1 to inner doubler 15 Rib 4 to lower skin
5 Rib 2 to inner doubler 16 C-spar to inner doubler
6 Rib 3 to inner doubler 17 C-spar to lower skin
7 Rib 4 to inner doubler 18 C-spar to inner doubler
8 Rib 1 to upper skin 19 C-spar to upper skin
9 Rib 2 to upper skin 20 Outer d. to upper C-spar
10 Rib 3 to upper skin 21 Outer d. to lower C-spar
11 Rib 4 to upper skin
The bonding process is carried out by pressing the compo-
nents to be joined with the coil, as shown in Figure 9.6. GFRP
spacers of 1 mm thickness are placed between the coil and the
susceptor to ensure a constant distance.
CHAPTER 9: DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
162
Figure 9.6: Scheme of the procedure to heat the components.
Firstly, the T-stringer is bonded from two L-stringers. The
temperature is measured at the center of the stringer, as
shown in Figure 9.7, using the coil to press the parts together.
Figure 9.7: Assembly of the T-Stringer
Then, the T-stringer is bonded to the lower skin and the L-
stringer to the upper skin, following the same approach. An
image of the process is shown in Figure 9.8, with both pyrom-
eters measuring the temperature at the surface under the skin
in the central area of the stringer.
Coil
Bonding partners
Spacers
F
Assembly rig
Pyrometer measuring spot
9.4. ASSEMBLY PROCESS
163
Figure 9.8: Assembly of the T-stringer to the lower skin.
Afterwards, the 4 ribs are bonded to the inner doubler. The
temperature is measured at the center of the area to be bond-
ed, in the internal surface of the rib. The ribs are clamped with
a sandwich structure, shown in Figure 9.9, made of non-
electrical conductive materials to avoid the heating by induc-
tion. This structure is used to fix the components during the
curing process and to ensure a bondline thickness lower than
0.3 mm.
Figure 9.9: Structure to fix the parts during the process.
Pyrometer measuring spot
CHAPTER 9: DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
164
Once the paste adhesive is placed at the 4 bondlines and the
components are pressed together, the curing process is carried
out, as shown in Figure 9.10.
Figure 9.10: Bonding process of a rib and the inner doubler.
Afterwards, the upper skin is bonded to the ribs as shown in
Figure 9.11. The temperature is measured at the internal sur-
face of the rib, at about 5 mm from the doubler.
Figure 9.11: Upper subassembly bonded to the ribs.
Pyrometer measuring spot
Pyrometer measuring spot
9.4. ASSEMBLY PROCESS
165
The resulting subassembly is shown in Figure 9.12.
Figure 9.12: Subassembly with the ribs and the upper skin.
Next, the lower skin is bonded to the ribs. In this bonding pro-
cess, a shorter coil is used with a curvature to ensure the even
heating along the bondline, as shown in Figure 9.13. The tem-
perature is measured under the bonded area of the rib, at
about 5 mm from the doubler.
Figure 9.13: Assembly of the lower skin to the ribs.
Pyrometer measuring spot
CHAPTER 9: DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
166
Afterwards, the C-spars are bonded. This process requires
bonding both faces of the C-spar in a row, as shown in Figure
9.14 and Figure 9.15. The temperature is measured under the
inner doubler, at the region of the edge where the access is
easier.
Figure 9.14: Assembly of a C-spar to the inner doubler.
Figure 9.15: Assembly of the C-spar to the lower skin.
Pyrometer measuring spot
Pyrometer measuring spot
9.4. ASSEMBLY PROCESS
167
Finally, the outer doubler is bonded to the C-spars having 2
additional bondlines, as shown in Figure 9.16. The tempera-
ture is measured under the inner doubler at one of the edges.
Figure 9.16: Outer doubler bonded to the subassembly.
The resulting component is shown in Figure 9.17
Pyrometer measuring spot
CHAPTER 9: DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
168
Figure 9.17: Demonstrator.
9.5. Evaluation of the aileron
After the assembly, the geometrical tolerances are measured
according to Table 9.1. The results are summarized in Table
9.2 for distances, Table 9.3 for the orientations of the parts and
Table 9.4 for the bondline thicknesses. The maximum devia-
tion allowed according to the technical specifications provided
by RUAG is 1 mm for the positioning and 1° for the orienta-
tion of the parts. Additionally, the maximum bondline thick-
ness allowed is 0.3 mm. All the measures are carried out 5
times at different points along the parts.
9.5. EVALUATION OF THE AILERON
169
Table 9.2: Validation of the positioning of the parts where the maximum devi-
ation according to RUAG specifications are 1 mm.
Distance measured [mm] CAD
[mm]
Deviation
[mm]
Left edge to rib 1 77.55 ± 0.42 77.5 0.05
Rib 1 width 20.12 ± 0.13 20 0.12
Rib 1 to rib 2 142.58 ± 0.27 143 0.42
Rib 2 width 20.26 ± 0.05 20 0.26
Rib 2 to rib 3 142.96 ± 0.24 143 0.04
Rib 3 width 19.99 ± 0.15 20 0.01
Rib 3 to rib 4 143.19 ± 0.13 143 0.19
Rib 4 width 20.13 ± 0.22 20 0.13
Rib 4 to right edge 65.48 ± 0.32 65.5 0.02
Doubler to L-stringer 137.19 ± 0.13 136.42 0.77
End profile to L- stringer 139.76 ± 0.03 140.17 0.41
Doubler to T-stringer 157.08 ± 0.12 156.67 0.41
End profile to T-stringer 115.3 ± 0.26 115.48 0.18
L stringer width 10.02 ± 0.05 10 0.02
T stringer width 12.22 ± 0.10 12 0.22
Doubler to Lower skin 10.96 ± 0.23 11 0.04
CHAPTER 9: DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
170
Table 9.3: Validation of the orientation of the parts where the maximum value
according to RUAG specifications are 1°.
Part Angle [°] Part Angle [°]
Rib 1 - left edge 0.21 T-stringer – End profile 0.43
Rib 2 - left edge 0.13 L-Stringer – End profile 0.02
Rib 3 - left edge 0.06 Doubler – End profile 0.12
Rib 4 - left edge 0.16
9.5. EVALUATION OF THE AILERON
171
Table 9.4: Validation of the bondline thickness where the maximum value
according to RUAG specifications are 0.3 mm.
Bondline Thickness
[mm]
L stringer + L stringer to
form the T-stringer
0.10 ± 0.03
T-stringer to lower skin 0.12 ± 0.04
L stringer to upper skin 0.11 ± 0.02
Rib 1 to inner doubler 0.12 ± 0.03
Rib 2 to inner doubler 0.12 ± 0.03
Rib 3 to inner doubler 0.11 ± 0.04
Rib 4 to inner doubler 0.12 ± 0.05
Rib 1 to upper skin 0.18 ± 0.02
Rib 2 to upper skin 0.19 ± 0.05
Rib 3 to upper skin 0.29 ± 0.07
Rib 4 to upper skin 0.20 ± 0.02
Rib 1 to lower skin 0.18 ± 0.05
Rib 2 to lower skin 0.16 ± 0.05
Rib 3 to lower skin 0.17 ± 0.01
Rib 4 to lower skin 0.12 ± 0.01
Lower C-spar to inner dou-
bler
0.13± 0.03
C-spar to lower skin 0.15± 0.03
Upper C-spar to inner dou-
bler
0.20 ± 0.08
C-spar to upper skin 0.17 ± 0.03
Outer doubler to upper C-
spar
0.15 ± 0.05
Outer doubler to lower C-
spar
0.19 ± 0.04
CHAPTER 9: DESIGN AND ASSEMBLY OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
172
The results show that the parts are well positioned, having a
low deviation compared to the CAD geometry. The deviations
are lower than the requirements set for qualification, thus val-
idating the assembly rig used to fix the parts during the bond-
ing process.
9.6. Conclusions
Induction heating of complex structures requires considering
some effects that might lead to an inhomogeneous tempera-
ture distribution at the bondlines. The accurate of prediction
this phenomenon is critical to ensure the good quality of the
joint.
This chapter defines a strategy to deal with this challenge and
therefore guarantee a robust joining process for complex struc-
tures. This approach is based on the correct modeling of the
thermal process by simulation. With this model, the tempera-
ture distribution can be predicted and considered in the opti-
mization process of the curing process of paste adhesives.
Finally, the complex geometry considered in this dissertation
to validate the methodology investigated. The assembly pro-
cess is described and the test rig is validated considering the
technical specifications of the project.
173
Chapter 10
Analysis of the demonstrator
In this chapter, a thorough temperature analysis is carried out
to generate input data for the optimization of the process.
Then, the curing cycles are corrected according to the tempera-
ture distribution in the bondlines and used to produce a sec-
ond demonstrator.
10.1. Introduction
In this chapter, the temperature difference is experimentally
measured during the heating process with natural convection.
The objective of this investigation is to generate the necessary
input data for the optimization to consider the bondline tem-
perature distribution. With this purpose, all the bondlines of
the demonstrator are divided in groups representing the heat-
ing conditions of all the bondlines. The 21 bondlines are divid-
ed into 4 bondlines types having different heating scenarios
(see A to D, Figure 10.1).
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
174
Figure 10.1: The 4 representative bondlines.
Then, the temperature distribution at the bondlines is meas-
ured. At this point, the reasons for an inhomogeneous temper-
ature distribution are investigated, discussing potential design
alternatives to minimize them.
Afterwards, the measured values of the temperature differ-
ence in the bondlines are used as input data in the optimiza-
tion of the curing process. Additionally, the limits for the ap-
plicability of the optimization tool are discussed.
The cycles are optimized considering the temperature distri-
bution. Then, they are applied in the bonding process of a sec-
ond demonstrator. Finally, the void formation and the degree
of cure are measured at all the bondlines, validating the ro-
bustness of the process investigated.
1. L+L to make a T2. T to upper skin3. L to lower skin4. Rib 1 to Inner doubler5. Rib 2 to Inner doubler6. Rib 3 to Inner doubler7. Rib 4 to Inner doubler8. Rib 1 to Upper skin9. Rib 2 to Upper skin10. Rib 3 to Upper skin11. Rib 4 to Upper skin12. Rib 1 to Lower skin13. Rib 2 to Lower skin14. Rib 3 to Lower skin15. Rib 4 to Lower skin16. C- spar to Inner doubler lowerside17. C- spar to lowerskin18. C- spar to Inner doubler upper side19. C- spar to upper skin20. C- spar to outer doubler upper side21. C- spar to outer doubler lower side
A
B
C
D
10.2. TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION ANALYSIS WITH NATURAL
CONVECTION.
175
10.2. Temperature distribution analysis with
natural convection.
To measure the temperature distribution inside of the
bondline, small holes with a diameter of 2 mm are drilled at
different distances. Then, they are filled with thermal conduc-
tive paste in order to stabilize the temperature during the
measurement. Afterwards, the temperature distribution is
measured with the optical fiber pyrometer for high tempera-
ture measurements [FTP-NY2-ST2-2M-BA, Photon Control,
Canada]. The current applied for all the measurements is 55.2
A, with a frequency of 198’000 Hz for the longer coil and
270’000 Hz for the curved coil.
The temperature is measured in each case at the center of the
bondline and in the surface of the adherent. The reason is to
measure the differences between the spot where the tempera-
ture is measured and the real temperature inside of the
bondline. At this point, the optimal positioning of the sensor is
defined according to accessibility and good temperature dis-
tribution.
Additionally, the maximum temperature difference inside of
the bondline is measured in order to redefine the optimal cur-
ing cycle. In this section, the measurements are carried out
always 5 times and the average is calculated and shown for
the different bondlines. The standard deviation cannot be ob-
served in the graphs because the values obtained are always
lower than 1.0 °C.
The temperature distribution analysis in Sections 10.2.1 to
10.2.4 is obtained at a constant current. However, the optimal
curing cycle considers a wide temperature range where the
temperature difference may vary depending on the current
applied. In this context, Section 10.2.5 addresses this issue.
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
176
10.2.1. Bondline type A between upper skin and ribs.
The temperature distribution is measured inside the bondline
between rib 1 and the upper skin (see Figure 9.3) at 9 points, 5
times each. The measurement is carried out inside of the
bondline and under the bondline, as shown in Figure 10.2.
Figure 10.2: Measurement in bondline A.
Figure 10.3: Temperature distribution in bondline A.
The maximum temperature difference in the bondline
is 6.8 °C. This value used to re-define the optimized
curing cycle.
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
Measuring point x [cm]
Under bondline
Inside bondline
10.2. TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION ANALYSIS WITH NATURAL
CONVECTION.
177
The temperature difference between the measurement
spot and the temperature inside of the bondline is 5.7
°C in x= 20 cm.
10.2.2. Bondline type B between lower skin and ribs.
The measurement is carried out again for the curved bondline
between the lower skin and the rib 1, also 5 times each as
shown in Figure 10.4.
Figure 10.4: Measurement in bondline B.
Figure 10.5: Temperature distribution in bondline B.
The temperature distribution shows a maximum difference
about 25 °C. However, between x = 10 cm and x= 13 cm there
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
Measuring point x [cm]
Inside bondline
Under bondline
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
178
is no bondline between bibs and skin due to the stringer. For
this reason, these points are not considered.
The maximum temperature difference in the bondline
is 13.9 °C. This value used to re-define the optimized
curing cycle.
The temperature difference between the measurement
spot and the temperature inside of the bondline is 4.1
°C in x= 20 cm.
10.2.3. Longitudinal bondlines type C.
All the bondlines where the entire coil length is used are
summarized by this case. As a result, the bondline between
the c-spar and the lower skin is measured. The spots where
the temperature is measured 5 times each are shown in Figure
10.6 and the temperature distribution in steady state is shown
in Figure 10.7.
Figure 10.6: Measurement in bondline C.
10.2. TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION ANALYSIS WITH NATURAL
CONVECTION.
179
Figure 10.7: Temperature distribution in bondline C.
The maximum temperature difference in the bondline
is 19.6 °C. This value used to re-define the optimized
curing cycle.
The temperature difference between the measurement
spot and the temperature inside of the bondline is 5.2
°C in x= 54 cm, besides rib 1.
10.2.4. Bondline type D between inner doubler and ribs.
Finally, the vertical bondlines between ribs and doubler are
analyzed in the points marked in Figure 10.8, 5 times each.
The bondline measured is the one between the inner doubler
and the rib 1. The temperature distribution is also shown in
Figure 10.9.
2030405060708090
100110120
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Measuring point x [cm]
Inside bondline
Under bondline
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
180
Figure 10.8: Measurement in bondline D.
Figure 10.9: Temperature distribution in bondline D.
The maximum temperature difference in the bondline
is 14.7 °C. This value used to re-define the optimized
curing cycle.
The temperature difference between the measurement
spot and the temperature inside of the bondline is 11.7
°C in x= 5 cm.
0
10
5
2.5
7.5
x
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 2 4 6 8 10
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
Measuring point x [cm]
Inside bondline
Under bondline
10.2. TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION ANALYSIS WITH NATURAL
CONVECTION.
181
10.2.5. Temperature distribution with a variable current
This section investigates the accuracy of the temperature dif-
ferences when a different current is applied. In this context,
the temperature distribution at bondlines type C is measured,
varying the current applied from 50.4 A to 60 A. These values
are chosen because they lead to a generation of temperatures
between 80 and 130 °C. In this temperature range most of the
chemical reaction takes place according to the optimal curing
cycle defined in Chapter 8. The results are summarized in Ta-
ble 10.1 for the temperature difference in the bondline and in
Table 10.2 for the temperature difference in the measuring
spot.
Table 10.1: Temperature difference inside of the bondline.
Current [A] 50.4 A 55.2 A 60A
Max. temperature at the
bondline (°C) 101.1 ± 0.6 112.9 ± 0.2 126.8 ± 0.3
Min. temperature at the
bondline (°C) 82.6 ± 0.4 93.3 ± 0.4 107.6 ± 0.6
∆T at the bondline (°C) 18.4 19.6 19.2
The results show a higher temperature generated when the
current is increased. The temperature difference varies when
applying difference currents about 1 °C. In this context, it is
assumed that the temperature distribution is not affected by a
current change in the range of values used in this investiga-
tion.
Table 10.2: Temperature difference in the measuring point, x= 54 cm.
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
182
Current [A] 50.4 A 55.2 A 60A
Max. temperature at the
bondline (°C) 101.1 ± 0.6 112.9 ± 0.2 126.8 ± 0.3
Temperature at the meas-
uring point (°C) 96.02 ± 0.2 107.9 ± 0.3 120.5 ± 0.2
∆T at the measurement
point (°C) 5.1 5.2 5.6
These results show that the temperature difference between
the measuring spot and the temperature inside of the bondline
increases slightly with a higher current applied. However, the
differences measured are inside the values of standard devia-
tion of the measurements. As a consequence, the temperature
difference between affecting the pyrometer is considered con-
stant in this investigation.
10.3. Temperature distribution in complex
shapes heated by induction
In Chapter 9: Design and assembly of the demonstrator, a number
of effects that could influence on the temperature distribution
generated by induction heating are described. This section
analyzes each of them for the demonstrator under study.
10.3.1. Edge effect
When heating the edge of a component, a temperature de-
crease is noticed. In order to analyze this effect, a bondline
type C (see Figure 10.1) is heated varying the offset of the coil
with respect to the susceptor. The temperature is then meas-
ured at the edge of the bondline. A scheme of the experiment
and the results are shown in Figure 10.10.
10.3. TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION IN COMPLEX SHAPES HEATED BY
INDUCTION
183
Figure 10.10: Edge effect measurement.
The results prove that the edge effect is caused by a combina-
tion of an increase of heat dissipation of the component and a
reduction of the efficiency of the coil at the edges. In this
sense, having the coil significantly longer compared to the
component reduces remarkably this effect. The results show a
temperature difference of about 20 °C with an offset of 25 mm
and of 10 °C with 100 mm. However, this phenomenon is still
cannot be completely corrected by increasing the offset be-
tween the coil and the susceptor. The reason is the higher sur-
face free area at the edge, leading to a higher cooling.
10.3.2. Effect of the laminate thickness variation
The thickness variation of the laminate affects to the electrical
conductivity of the laminate and therefore to the induced en-
ergy.
80
85
90
95
100
105
110
115
52 54 56 58 60 62 64
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Measuring point x [cm]
25
50
100
Offset [mm]:
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
184
An example of this effect is illustrated in Figure 10.11. In this
case, the measurement at x = 11 cm is carried out in a thicker
region due to the added thickness from the t-stringer. As a
consequence, the temperature generated is slightly higher at x
= 11 cm than at x= 10 cm and x= 13 cm.
Figure 10.11: Thickness variation effect.
This effect can be predicted by a simulation tool considering a
proper modeling of the electrical conductivity of the different
regions.
10.3.3. Effect of the convective flow
In order to discuss the use of forced convection in complex
structures, the measurements of Section 10.2 are repeated with
forced convection cooling. In this context, a homogeneous
convection flux of 2 m/s is generated at the beginning of the
part, as detailed in Appendix B.2. The position of the fans is
changed depending on the bondline analyzed, as shown in
Figure 10.12. The temperature gradients for each bondline
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
Measuring point x [cm]
Inside bondline
Under bondline
10.3. TEMPERATURE DISTRIBUTION IN COMPLEX SHAPES HEATED BY
INDUCTION
185
type (see Figure 10.1) in steady state are measured and sum-
marized in Table 10.3.
Figure 10.12: Fan positioning of forced convection cooling.
Table 10.3: Temperature gradients with different cooling.
Bondline
type
Forced conv.
direction
Forced conv.
Max. ∆T [°C]
Natural conv.
Max. ∆T [°C]
A Sideward 8.6 6.8
B Sideward 25.8 13.9
C Sideward 45.1 19.6
C Backward 23.0 19.6
C Frontward 15.7 19.6
D Sideward 13.4 14.7
The use of forced convection with complex shapes leads to an
irregular air flow meaning a nonhomogeneous cooling. Only
at the vertical bondline cooled sideward and at long bondline
cooled frontward a lower temperature difference is measured
compared to natural convection. The main reason is the dis-
turbances of the laminar air flow generated by the section
changes. As the coil is used to press the joints during the pro-
cess, the air cannot flow between the susceptor and coil, lead-
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
186
ing to a poor and irregular cooling. As a consequence, the use
of forced convection leads to higher temperature gradients
and a less controllable process.
10.3.4. Effect of the distance between the coil and the sus-
ceptor
The distance between the coil and susceptor is more or less
constant in all the bondline areas analyzed because the coil is
used to press the parts together. This ensures a minimum dis-
tance between coil and susceptor. However, there are some
cases where this contact is not maintained, for instance, in the
heating of the bondlines type A and B (see Figure 10.1). In
those cases, the distance increases at the edges, being the heat
generated in the susceptor lower compared to the regions with
lower distance between the coil and the susceptor. One exam-
ple is shown in Figure 10.13.
Figure 10.13: Effect of the distance between the coil and the susceptor.
This effect can be minimized by a proper coil design that
keeps constant the distance between the coil and the suscep-
tor.
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
Measuring point x [cm]
Inside bondline
Under bondline
10.4. MODIFICATION OF THE OPTIMAL CURING CYCLE
187
10.4. Modification of the optimal curing cy-
cle
The temperature differences obtained in the analysis of the
temperature distribution are summarized in Table 10.4. The
the optimal location for the measurement is included consider-
ing accessibility and edge effects.
Table 10.4: Temperature distribution analysis summary.
∆T in the
bondline (°C)
∆T between bondline and
measurement point (°C)
Bonline type A 6.8 5.7 (x= 20 cm)
Bonline type B 13.9 4.1 (x= 20 cm)
Bonline type C 19.6 5.2 (x= 54 cm)
Bonline type D 14.7 11.7 (x= 5 cm)
In this context, the optimization tool must consider the value
of the ∆T in the bondline as an input. For this reason, the op-
timization tool of Chapter 8: Process optimization, is modified in
order to optimize 2 temperature profiles (named “h” an “l”
referring to higher and lower temperature respectively). These
profiles have a constant temperature difference (∆T at the
bondline) during the whole process. As a consequence, the
optimization tool provides the optimal solution considering:
Minimum time.
The lower temperature cycle must be completed
(α ≥ 95 % ).
The higher temperature cycle must not have a void
formation higher than 1.5 %.
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
188
As the measured values of the temperature difference at the
bondline of the investigated demonstrator reach almost 20 °C,
the input temperature is varied until 25 °C in Figure 10.14.
Figure 10.14: Optimum curing cycle for a ∆T in the bondline between 5 and
25 °C.
The curing cycle is adapted with a longer time at higher tem-
perature. The reason is that the model considers that there is
no further degradation when a degree of cure of 95 % is
reached, as mentioned in Chapter 3: Modeling of the Degrada-
tion Kinetics.
However, the tool is not allowed to increase the curing tem-
perature after reaching a degree of cure of 95 %. This is to
avoid the increase of temperatures at spots in a region close to
the spot of maximum temperature. These spots could have
still a degree of cure lower than 95 % that could increase the
void formation. For this reason, the temperature does not in-
crease after the curing process is completed.
Additionally, the applicability of this optimization is investi-
gated. This tool can be used until a point where the tempera-
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [min]
Temperature difference = 5 °C Lower temp.
Temperature difference = 10 °C Lower temp.
Temperature difference = 15 °C Lower temp.
Temperature difference = 20 °C Lower temp.
Temperature difference = 25 °C Lower temp.
Temperature difference = 5 °C Higher temp.
Temperature difference = 10 °C Higher temp.
Temperature difference = 15 °C Higher temp.
Temperature difference = 20 °C Higher temp.
Temperature difference = 25 °C Higher temp.
10.4. MODIFICATION OF THE OPTIMAL CURING CYCLE
189
ture differences generated by induction are too high and the
methodology defined in this dissertation cannot be applied.
In order to obtain this limit, the optimization tool is run for
different values of ∆T until the solution does not converge an-
ymore. The results of the total curing time of the difference
solution with respect to the ∆T used are shown in Figure 10.15.
Figure 10.15: Duration of the optimal curing cycle with a temperature differ-
ence.
It is shown that for values until 35 °C, the temperature cycle
can be readapted. However, it the temperature difference is
higher the process defined in this research cannot be applied.
The reason is that the bondline would be either locally de-
graded in the spot of higher temperature or locally not be
cured in the spot of lower temperature.
At this point, one solution would consist on an improvement
of the coil design to decrease the temperature difference. An-
other solution would be the use of other heating methods that
lead to lower temperature differences at the bondline e.g. oven
heating.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
To
tal
curi
ng
tim
e [m
in]
Temperature difference [°C]
Time
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
190
10.4.1. Curing cycles to be applied at the demonstrator
With the temperature differences measured in Section 10.2, the
optimal curing cycle is recalculated for each representative
bondlines (see Figure 10.1). The results are shown in Figure
10.16 to Figure 10.19.
Figure 10.16: Optimal curing cycle at bondline type A.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [min]
Optimal curing cycle at the hot spot A
Maximum temperature bondline
Temperature of the pyrometer
Minimum temperature bondline
10.4. MODIFICATION OF THE OPTIMAL CURING CYCLE
191
Figure 10.17: Optimal curing cycle at bondline type B.
Figure 10.18: Optimal curing cycle at bondline type C.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [min]
Optimal curing cycle at the hot spot B
Maximum temperature bondline
Temperature of the pyrometer
Minimum temperature bondline
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [min]
Optimal curing cycle at the hot spot C
Maximum temperature bondline
Temperature of the pyrometer
Minimum temperature bondline
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
192
Figure 10.19: Optimal curing cycle at bondline type D.
10.5. Assembly and analysis of the second
demonstrator
The second demonstrator is bonded as explained at Chapter 9:
Design and assembly of the demonstrator, applying the curing
cycles defined in the previous section. The results of the posi-
tioning of the parts are summarized in Table 10.5 for distances
and in Table 10.6 for orientations of the parts. Finally, the
quality control of the bondlines is shown in Table 10.7.
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Time [min]
Optimal curing cycle at the hot spot D
Maximum temperature bondline
Temperature of the pyrometer
Minimum temperature bondline
10.5. ASSEMBLY AND ANALYSIS OF THE SECOND DEMONSTRATOR
193
Table 10.5: Validation of the positioning of the parts where the maximum
deviation according to RUAG specifications are 1 mm.
Distance measured [mm] CAD
[mm]
Deviation
[mm]
Left edge to rib 1 76.86 ± 0.22 77.5 0.64
Rib 1 width 20.21 ± 0.04 20 0.21
Rib 1 to rib 2 143.05 ± 0.21 143 0.05
Rib 2 width 20.25 ± 0.06 20 0.25
Rib 2 to rib 3 142.59 ± 0.30 143 0.41
Rib 3 width 20.27 ± 0.04 20 0.27
Rib 3 to rib 4 143.09 ±0.43 143 0.09
Rib 4 width 19.98 ±0.11 20 0.02
Rib 4 to right edge 65.38 ±0.22 65.5 0.12
Doubler to L-stringer 136.31 ± 0.05 136.42 0.11
End profile to L- stringer 140.86 ± 0.06 140.17 0.69
Doubler to T-stringer 156.93 ± 0.12 156.67 0.26
End profile to T-stringer 116.00 ± 0.20 115.48 0.52
L stringer width 10.37 ± 0.08 10 0.37
T stringer width 12.01 ± 0.22 12 0.01
Doubler to Lower skin 10.91 ± 0.05 11 0.09
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
194
Table 10.6: Validation of the orientation of the parts where the maximum val-
ue according to RUAG specifications are 1°.
Part Angle [°] Part Angle [°]
Rib 1 - left edge 0.06 T-stringer – End profile 0.01
Rib 2 - left edge 0.11 L-Stringer – End profile 0.04
Rib 3 - left edge 0.01 Doubler – End profile 0.01
Rib 4 - left edge 0.05
10.5. ASSEMBLY AND ANALYSIS OF THE SECOND DEMONSTRATOR
195
Table 10.7: Quality control of the second demonstrator where the maximum
value according to RUAG specifications are 0.3 mm for the bondline thick-
ness, a degree of cure higher than 95 % and a void content lower than 2 %.
Bondline
Degree
of Cure
[%]
Void con-
tent [%]
Thickness
[mm]
L stringer + L stringer to form
the T-stringer
95.52 1.43 ± 0.47 0.14 ± 0.03
T-stringer to lower skin 95.22 1.69 ± 0.24 0.16 ± 0.03
L stringer to upper skin 95.62 1.52 ± 0.23 0.18 ± 0.03
Rib 1 to inner doubler 95.05 1.62 ± 0.03 0.21 ± 0.07
Rib 2 to inner doubler 95.49 1.30 ± 0.31 0.20 ± 0.06
Rib 3 to inner doubler 95.28 1.52 ± 0.33 0.18 ± 0.05
Rib 4 to inner doubler 95.32 1.73 ± 0.16 0.17 ± 0.02
Rib 1 to upper skin 95.54 1.19 ± 0.73 0.18 ± 0.05
Rib 2 to upper skin 95.44 1.05 ± 0.23 0.19 ± 0.03
Rib 3 to upper skin 95.01 1.18 ± 0.45 0.18 ± 0.06
Rib 4 to upper skin 95.20 1.59 ± 0.35 0.24 ± 0.03
Rib 1 to lower skin 95.69 1.65 ± 0.31 0.17 ± 0.03
Rib 2 to lower skin 95.58 1.88 ± 0.04 0.20 ± 0.04
Rib 3 to lower skin 95.24 1.28 ± 0.14 0.14 ± 0.02
Rib 4 to lower skin 95.22 1.39 ± 0.39 0.2 ± 0.04
Lower C-spar to inner doubler 95.44 1.15 ± 0.35 0.18 ± 0.03
C-spar to lower skin 95.01 1.25 ± 0.12 0.21 ± 0.04
Upper C-spar to inner doubler 95.14 1.21 ± 0.45 0.15 ± 0.04
C-spar to upper skin 95.57 1.61 ± 0.25 0.15 ± 0.04
Outer doubler to upper C-spar 95.20 1.60 ± 0.25 0.19 ± 0.06
Outer doubler to lower C-spar 95.42 1.39 ± 0.26 0.15 ± 0.02
CHAPTER 10: ANALYSIS OF THE DEMONSTRATOR
196
The results show that the parts are well positioned, showing a
lower deviation than in the first demonstrator due to the expe-
rience gained. The quality control shows that the curing pro-
cess is completed in all the bondlines (the degree of cure was
always higher than 95 %). Additionally, it shows that the as-
sembly process is correct (the bondline thickness is below 0.3
mm). Finally, is proved that the void formation measured in
all the bondlines is lower than 2 %, with an average of all the
bondlines of 1.46 %, showing a good agreement with the ob-
jective value of the optimization of 1.5 %.
10.6. Conclusions
In this chapter, it is shown that a proper tool design is of high
importance to avoid an inhomogeneous temperature distribu-
tion at the bondline. The results also suggest that the edge ef-
fect is caused by a combination of the decrease of efficiency of
the coil at the edge, but mainly by an increase of convective
cooling at the bondline edge.
When the optimization tool is modified considering these ef-
fects, the new cycles require a longer curing time to guarantee
the bondline quality. As a consequence, the efficiency of the
process decreases.
The modified curing optimization cycles are applied to a sec-
ond demonstrator, bonded following the same process de-
scribed in Chapter 9: Design and assembly of the demonstrator.
The final demonstrator shows a good quality in all the
bondlines, validating the approach followed to ensure a ro-
bust curing process at the demonstrator.
197
Part V
Conclusions & Outlook
198
199
Chapter 11
Concluding remarks
11.1. Conclusions
The application paste adhesive bonding in industry is today
matter of research. Despite having a big number of ad-
vantages, the application of paste adhesive in critical parts still
is not commonly established. The main reason is that the
bonding process of paste adhesive has been shown to be very
sensitive to many processing parameters. The surface treat-
ment, geometry of the bondline or the difference between
measured and real temperature applied can lead to a quick
drop of the mechanical performance with catastrophic conse-
quences. The robustness of bonding processes is still one of the
reasons why this technique is not more commonly extended.
In this challenging context, the research in this doctoral disser-
tation was undertaken with the aim of investigating a robust
methodology to accelerate the curing process of paste adhe-
sives. With this objective in mind, a novel approach to opti-
mize this process is developed, discussed and validated. Addi-
tionally, the process robustness has been thoroughly investi-
gated with different adhesive systems and with components
with different shapes and sizes. As a conclusion of this re-
search work, a number of guidelines to ensure a robust bond-
ing process and to accelerate the curing process of paste adhe-
sives are summarized in this chapter.
CHAPTER 11: CONCLUDING REMARKS
200
11.1.1. Guidelines to ensure a good mechanical perfor-
mance in a bonded joint.
There are mainly 3 factors influencing the bondline quality
that have to be tightly controlled to ensure the robustness of
the process: The surface quality, the bondline geometry, and
the curing of the paste adhesive.
11.1.1.1. Surface treatment
Before the bonding process is carried out, the adherent can be
affected by different sources of contamination. This may re-
duce the strength of the joint, leading to a premature failure.
For this reason, a surface treatment is typically carried out,
ensuring a correct adhesion between the joining partner and
the paste adhesive.
1. Ensure a good surface treatment
The research carried out in this dissertation, summarized in
Section A.5, has proved that a mechanical sanding treatment
followed by a thorough surface cleaning process ensures a
good adhesion between the bonding partners and the paste
adhesive. The best surface treatment for single lap shear test
samples investigated in this dissertation is:
Manual sanding with P100 grain size
Manual sanding with P150 grain size
Acetone cleaning
Water cleaning
De-ionized water cleaning.
Drying of the partners in the oven at 65 °C for 1 hour.
It is proved that sanding just with P100 produce a sample with
more peaks of resin, which can be smoothed with the second
sanding process. Finally, the cleaning ensures the robustness
of the process, having a low variability of the results.
11.1. CONCLUSIONS
201
11.1.1.2. Bondline geometry
The geometry of the bondline affects the load carried by the
bonding system. A thick bondline induces a higher peeling
stress in a single lap shear joint loaded in tension. This leads to
a premature failure of the joint. For this reason, the bondline
thickness must be controlled.
2. Ensure a correct bondline thickness.
In Section A.5, it is proved that the bondline thickness affects
the mechanical performance of the joint in SLS samples. The
results show that SLS samples bonded with LME 10049-4 /
LMB 6687-2 from Huntsman Advanced Materials and loaded
in tension reduce its mechanical performance when the
bondline is thicker than 0.3 mm.
Additionally, it is proved that a very thin bondline thickness
does not reduce the performance of the joint. However, as it
must be guaranteed that the adhesive is placed everywhere to
avoid dry spots, a minimum bondline thickness of 0.1 mm
must be used. For this reason, in this research glass beads with
a nominal diameter of 0.1 mm are used to ensure a minimum
distance between the partners and pressure is applied during
the curing process to ensure that this distance is always lower
than 0.3 mm.
11.1.1.3. Curing of the paste adhesive
The curing process of the paste adhesive is a crucial step to
ensure the mechanical performance of the joint. For this rea-
son, this process must be controlled.
3. Ensure a correct curing process
According to the adhesive supplier, the curing process of the
pastes adhesives investigated in this dissertation is completed
when a degree of cure of 95 % is reached. Additionally, in
CHAPTER 11: CONCLUDING REMARKS
202
Chapter 6: Isothermal heating process is proved that a correct
curing cycle can be ensured when the void formation is lower
than 2 %.
In this dissertation is proved that the void formation depends
on the curing profile applied. For this reason, in order to en-
sure that the curing process is correct, the applied temperature
must be accurately controlled. Depending of the heating tech-
nique used to cure the paste adhesive, the temperature distri-
bution must be taken into account, as shown in Chapter 2:
State of the art.
In this context, an accurate simulation model of the heating
process is of interest to ensure the robustness of the process by
defining the optimal curing temperature profile and tempera-
ture sensor location.
11.1.2. Guidelines for a fast curing of paste adhesives
In this dissertation, a methodology to accelerate the curing
process of paste adhesives is described. This novel methodol-
ogy requires a number of guidelines to ensure the process ro-
bustness.
The curing process of paste adhesives can be accelerated by
considering a cure dependent heating process. This approach
requires a heating method that can vary the curing tempera-
ture faster than traditional heating methods e.g. oven heating.
4. Apply a variotherm curing process with induction heating
In Chapter 8: Cure dependent heating process, it is proved that a
variothermal process leads to an acceleration of the process
without decreasing the mechanical performance of the joint.
As the process investigated in this dissertation is carried out
with a variable temperature profile, the temperature differ-
ence in the bondline must be considered
11.1. CONCLUSIONS
203
5. Ensure low temperature difference in the bondline.
For induction heating the temperature differences in the
bondline are generated due to different phenomena detailed
in Chapter 9: Design and assembly of the demonstrator. They have
to be accurately controlled and reduced as much as possible in
order to lead to a faster process.
Edge effects: It is temperature decrease at the end of the coil.
It is caused by a higher heat dissipation combined with a low-
er efficiency of the coil at the edge, as shown in Section 14.4.
This effect can be minimized by an optimization of the coil
design, e.g. considering a longer coil than the susceptor, leav-
ing a distance around 10 cm at each side.
Variation of the laminate thickness: A region locally thicker
could have a different electrical conductivity, leading to an
inhomogeneous temperature generation.
Convective air flow: The convection coefficient affects the en-
ergy dissipated in the susceptors. A higher convection can be
used to accelerate the process, because the transients are faster
and therefore easier to control. The use of forced convection
can lead to a reduction of the temperature difference generat-
ed in the bondline if its homogeneity can be ensured along the
bondline.
In the approach under study, the use of forced convection is
considered for simple shapes, where it can be ensured that the
air flow is homogeneous in all the plate. In this context, the
use of a convective laminar air flow to cool the joint has re-
markable advantages in terms of process controllability, de-
spite requiring more power. As example, Figure 11.1 shows
the simulation of the heating process with natural and forced
convection from room temperature to 80 °C. In this case 40.8 A
and 203’000 Hz are applied for natural convection and 57.6 A
and 198’000 Hz are applied for forced convection. It is shown
CHAPTER 11: CONCLUDING REMARKS
204
how the use of forced convection reduces the transient periods
from 600 s to 150 s, leading to a more controllable process.
Figure 11.1: Forced and natural convection.
By the local adaptation of the processing parameters the tem-
perature gradient could be reduced. This would lead to an
optimal process that would also ensure the bondline quality of
the joint. However, this approach is not considered in this re-
search for complex shapes. The reason is the complexity to get
a homogeneous convection coefficient along the bondline due
to the shape of the components.
Distance between coil and the susceptor: A longer distance
decreases the temperature generated. This phenomenon can
be minimized by a proper coil design and by using well de-
fined spacers between the coil and susceptor in order to keep
the distance constant along the bondline.
All those phenomena can be taken into account by a simula-
tion tool to optimize the process and assess the temperature
distribution at the bondline. As proved in Chapter 4: Simula-
tion of the curing process of paste adhesives by induction heating,
the input process parameters affect to the temperature gener-
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
Time [s]
Natural convection heating
Natural convection cooling
Forced convection heating
Forced convection cooling
11.2. OUTLOOK
205
ated at the bondline and therefore the curing process. In this
case, as induction heating is used, the parameters affecting the
process are:
a. Material parameters of the susceptor:
The electrical conductivity affect to the heat gener-
ated by induction.
The conduction coefficient affects the heat transfer
between the susceptor and paste adhesive.
b. Process parameters:
The convection coefficient affects the heat dissipat-
ed by the joining parts.
The ambient temperature affects the heat dissipat-
ed by radiation and convection.
Equipment input parameter: The input electrical
current, efficiency of the coil and frequency of the
magnetic field affect the energy generated in the
susceptors.
c. Geometric parameters:
The distance between the coil and the susceptor af-
fect the energy generated in the susceptor.
The thickness of the laminate will affect the electri-
cal conductivity of the material.
The correct definition of those parameters is necessary to en-
sure a robust curing process optimized with respect to the
time.
11.2. Outlook
The use of a local heating system to cure paste adhesive joints
is a remarkable solution with a huge number of advantages
over riveting. For this reason, this must field should be further
investigated. At this point, there are still multiple open possi-
bilities to continue this research regarding modeling, pro-
cessing and applicability of the process.
CHAPTER 11: CONCLUDING REMARKS
206
With respect to the modeling, in this research an accurate two
dimensional tool is developed and validated. It is used to
measure the impact of the processing parameters in the quali-
ty of the process. In this area of investigation, an eventual ex-
tension of the simulation tool to 3D scenarios is of a great in-
terest. This would allow the process simulation of complex
structures and thus simulating the temperature differences
generated in the bondline. For instance, effects as the variable
distance between the coil and the susceptor, a variable thick-
ness of the susceptor could be accurately predicted. This more
sophisticated tool could also be used to optimize the coil in the
design phase, leading to a more homogenous temperature
generated and a thus a reduction of the curing processing
time.
With respect to the processing, there are several topics that
should be further investigated to consider the industrialization
of this methodology. One of these topics is the automation to
improve the accuracy of the process.
The development of a repeatable and robust process that does
not depend on the operator’s experience is the key to the in-
dustrial application of the methodology developed in this doc-
toral thesis. As a consequence, the design of an automated
control of the induction equipment would be of great value.
This would permit the fully automated application of vari-
otherm curing cycles, ensuring the accuracy of the curing
temperatures, leading to a more robust and controllable pro-
cess.
Regarding the applicability of the process investigated, there
is a huge potential for further research. In this dissertation, the
methodology to accelerate the curing process of paste adhe-
sives has been carried out only with structural aerospace ad-
hesives to bond CFRP joints. In this sense, other materials
could be considered for both, adherents and adhesives. This
11.2. OUTLOOK
207
work would extend this research to other fields where it could
mean a clear step forward compared to today’s state of the art
e.g. automotive and construction industries.
Regarding the applicability to different adherents, this re-
search has been focused in the induction bonding of CFRP
materials. These materials have remarkable electrical proper-
ties, which make them ideal candidates for induction heating.
However, there are many materials that do not have such elec-
trical conductive properties and therefore induction heating
cannot be applied today. In this thesis, this topic has been in-
vestigated considering a modification of the paste adhesive
with electrical conductive particles, ferromagnetic particles
and metallic meshes. This investigation, summarized in Ap-
pendix B.5, has shown very promising results, identifying
some of the limitations of this approach. In this sense, a more
comprehensive investigation of this topic would be of great
importance to extend the research carried out in this thesis to
other fields.
Finally, regarding the applicability of this process to other
paste adhesive systems, there is an open challenge. In this doc-
toral thesis, this methodology has been successfully applied to
two different structural adhesive systems to ensure its repeat-
ability. However, the extension of this research to other com-
pletely different paste adhesive systems would be of interest
not only to extern its use to other fields but also to identify
other process limitations.
One potential research field could be to investigate the lami-
nates curing process of by induction heating. In this case, the
benefits of a fast and robust curing process could be used to
accelerate the process. One example could be in the curing
process out of autoclave prepreg systems. This would reduce
the energy consumption and the environmental impact of the
CHAPTER 11: CONCLUDING REMARKS
208
process, proposing a solution to one of the major concerns of
composite technologies.
Another example of a field in which this investigation could
mean a high added value is automotive industry. Today,
many automotive components are bonded. The paste adhesive
systems used today cure faster than the ones used in aero-
space, taking place in minutes instead of hours. However, the
acceleration of the curing processes is not considered. The ap-
plication of the methodology investigated in this research
could reduce the processing time leading to a higher produc-
tivity, as was achieved in this doctoral investigation.
209
APPENDIX
210
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
211
Appendix A
Mechanical testing of composite
samples
Mechanical testing is today state of the art to validate CFRP
bonded joints. In aerospace industry, there are several me-
chanical standards describing the methods used for validation
of composite bonded joints. One of the most important tests in
aerospace is Single Lap Shear test (SLS), where the shear
strength of the joint is measured in small coupons previously
bonded. This mechanical test is considered in this dissertation
as reference for the investigation of the acceleration of the cur-
ing process of a paste adhesive. The testing conditions used
are described in EN 2243-1 regarding preparation, cutting and
testing of samples.
However, for the correct application of this standard to com-
posite materials, there are some parameters that must be pre-
viously investigated. These parameters can influence on the
mechanical performance and lead to confusion on the inter-
pretation of the results. For this reason, the change of these
parameters is analyzed, defining the optimal conditions to
maximize the mechanical performance of the joint:
Thickness of the adherent
Thickness of the bondline
Surface treatment of the adherent
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
212
As a result, all the experiments carried out in this dissertation
are carried out under the same conditions, detailed in this Ap-
pendix.
A.1: Adherents and adhesives
In this dissertation, four materials are mainly used to investi-
gate the acceleration of the curing process of paste adhesives:
Paste adhesives
o LMB 6687-1 / LME 10049-4
o LME 10625 / LME 10626
Composite adherents
o CFRP
o GFRP
A.1.1: Paste adhesives
All the research in this doctoral thesis is carried out with two
different paste adhesive systems supplied by Huntsman Ad-
vanced Materials (Basel, Switzerland), partner of the Clean
Sky project. The main research is firstly carried out with the
adhesive system named LMB 6687 / LME 10049. Then, in or-
der to prove the repeatability of the research findings, the
paste adhesive system LME 10625 / LME 10626 is used.
Both systems are toughened bi-component paste adhesives
composed of an epoxy resin and a hardener. The mixing ratio
of this paste adhesive is 100:55, referring to the weight content
of epoxy:hardener, for the LMB 6687 / LME 10049 and 100:43
for the LME 10625 / LME 10626 [92].
During the period of this dissertation, the supplier changed
slightly the composition of the LMB 6687 / LME 10049, chang-
ing from LMB 6687-1 LME 10049-3 to LMB 6687-2 LME 10049-
4. However, the mechanical properties of the paste adhesive as
well as the curing conditions were not modified. For this rea-
A.1: ADHERENTS AND ADHESIVES
213
son, in Phase 1: Heating Concepts and in Chapter 7: Isothermal
heating process, the adhesive used is the LMB 6687-1 LME
10049-3, and for the rest of the research the adhesive used is
the LMB 6687-2 LME 10049-4.
A.1.2: Composite adherents
A.1.2.1: Carbon Fiber Reinforced Polymer (CFRP)
The CFRP adherents used in this dissertation are made of wo-
ven fabric prepreg supplied by CYTEC® (resin system MTM
44-1®, Cytec, UK, fibers Sigmatex CF 5804A, Benicia, CA,
USA), partner of the Clean Sky project. Each layer has a thick-
ness of c.a. 0.33 mm. The plates typically produced, if not indi-
cated the contrary, are made of three layers of fabric with ori-
entation [0, 90].
This system, despite being an out of autoclave system (OoA),
showed a low mechanical performance due to a high porosity
of the laminates. As a result, the tool surface was rather rough,
as can be observed in Figure A.1. For this reason, in this dis-
sertation samples are always cured in autoclave, following
supplier recommendations applying 180 °C for two hours
with 3 bars of pressure.
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
214
Figure A.1: OoA produces a bad surface quality.
A.1.2.2: Glass Fiber Reinforced Polymer (GFRP)
Some mechanical testing of GFRP bonded samples is carried
out in this dissertation. The GFRP adherents, already cured,
are supplied by Swiss Composites AG.
A.2: Production of bonded samples
A.2.1: Production of CFRP laminates
If not indicated the contrary, the plates produced for the me-
chanical testing in this dissertation are made using a typical
vacuum bag lay-up on a tool made of steel that is covered by a
release film (WL 3900R, Airtech Advanced Materials, Hun-
tington Beach, CA). Then, on top of the covered mold, the wo-
ven CFRP lay-up is made always with an orientation [0, 90],
placing glass fiber cords as recommended by the supplier.
Then, the laminate is covered by another release film (200 P3
150 500, Flugzeug Union Süd GmbH, Ottobrunn, Germany).
Finally, the entire layup is covered with a cotton breather (N4
Airwave, Airtech Advanced Materials, Huntington Beach, CA)
Sample cured in autoclave: Smooth
surface
Sample cured out of autoclave:
Deficient resin flow
A.2: PRODUCTION OF BONDED SAMPLES
215
and then sealed with a vacuum bag (WL 7400 001 48’ 1000 LFT
48, Airtech Advanced Materials, Huntington Beach, CA). Dur-
ing this dissertation, a special layup was manufactured with a
peel ply (CS, Interglass Technologies AGGmbH, Erbach, Ger-
many), in order to evaluate its influence on the mechanical
performance of the bonded joint. The lay-up used in this dis-
sertation to produce the samples for mechanical testing is
schemed in Figure A.2.
Figure A.2: CFRP layup scheme for the CFRP processing.
The curing process of the panels is carried out in autoclave
under supplier’s recommendation. The conditions are:
Vacuum: -0.9 bar
Autoclave pressure: 3 bar
Temperature: 180 °C
Time: 2 hours
Heating rate: 2 °C/min
A.2.2: Bonding process
Previously to the bonding process, the adhesive is mixed. The
dosing of the paste adhesive is carried out under supplier
specifications. Then, the mixing is carried out with a centri-
fuge mixer (SpeedMixer DAC 150.1 FV, SPX, Charlotte, North
Carolina) for three periods of 1 minute. The two first ones
stages are carried out at 1500 rpm and the last one at
2500 rpm. This mixing process is carried out for all the sam-
Release film
Laminate
(Peel ply)
Release film
Steel mould
Breather
Vacuum bag
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
216
ples used in this dissertation in order to make the process re-
peatable [93]. Sometimes, by the recommendation of the sup-
plier, glass beads of 0.1 mm are mixed to the paste adhesive in
order to ensure a minimum bondline thickness. They are
mixed in 0.5 wt%, a small quantity that does not influence the
mechanical performance of the adhesive.
After mixing the adhesive is placed on the bondline area. Fi-
nally the parts to be bonded are manually pressed together
and finally cured.
The bondline thickness is controlled by spacers placed under
one the upper bonding partner, creating the necessary gap of
c.a. 1.1 mm (1 mm for the CFRP plate and 0.1 mm for the de-
sired bondline thickness). Then, some weight is placed on the
upper bonding partner during the process to ensure a minimal
bondline thickness.
A.3: Single lap shear testing
The standard considered in this dissertation to validate the
bonded samples is the single lap shear test described in the
Intentional Standard EN 2243-1. This method is typically used
for validation of adhesive bonded samples by Airbus, partner
in the Clean Sky project.
This standard recommends bonding big plates, which after-
wards are cut into small coupons for testing. In this disserta-
tion the adherent plates are always cut, if not indicated the
contrary, with a size of 100 mm x 300 mm x 1 mm. Afterwards,
the surface treatment is applied and then the plates bonded
with an overlap of 12.5 mm and a bondline thickness of less
than 0.3 mm.
The curing process of the paste adhesives in this dissertation is
carried out by different techniques and curing cycles that al-
ways are detailed. The samples are cut after bonding with a
A.4: FRACTURE MODES
217
diamond saw (Diadisc 4200, Mutronic GmbH & Co Kg,
Rieden, Germany) with 25 mm of width. Samples are then
placed in the testing machine (Zwick Roell 1474, Ulm, Germa-
ny) and tested under the following conditions:
Distance between grips: 100 mm.
Testing speed: 2 mm/min.
Overlap between plates: 12.5 mm
The samples are tested until fracture. Then, the maximum
force is used to calculate the shear strength of the samples,
dividing the maximum value of the force obtained by the
bondline area.
A.4: Fracture modes
Apart from measuring the maximum shear strength of the
samples, the failure mode is characterized. In adhesive bond-
ing, three main types of failure can be observed depending on
the location of the failure. If the fracture is located in one side
of the adhesive, having most of the bondline in one of the
sides, then is called adhesive failure. An example of this fac-
ture mode is shown in Figure A.3.
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
218
Figure A.3: Adhesive failure in a wedge sample.
This failure mode typically indicates adhesion problems be-
tween adhesive and adherents. Most of the times, this failure
mode is produced by a deficient surface treatment of the ad-
herents [94]. This fracture mode can also happen if the adhe-
sive is completely degraded by the application of high tem-
peratures in the curing process.
If the failure is located at the center of the bondline, as shown
in Figure A.4, it is called cohesive failure.
A.4: FRACTURE MODES
219
Figure A.4: Cohesive failure in a wedge sample.
This kind of failure indicates that the fracture is produced be-
cause the adhesive could not carry the loads. Typically, this
fracture mode indicates certain degradation of the paste adhe-
sive, mostly caused by the application of too high tempera-
tures in the bonding process.
If the fracture is placed in the adherent, in this case by delami-
nation of the composite, as shown in Figure A.5, the fracture is
called adherent.
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
220
Figure A.5: Adherent failure in a wedge sample.
This fracture mode means a good preparation of the samples
and a good quality of the bondline. Bonding systems showing
this failure mode can take more loads than the adherents.
Finally, it can occur that there is a mixed fracture mode, as
shown in Figure A.6.
Figure A.6: Mixed failure in a wedge sample.
A.5: PREPARATION OF SAMPLES FOR MECHANICAL TESTING
221
In this research, this fracture mode can occur when the curing
process is carried out at a high temperature which is not high
enough to produce a clear thermal degradation.
A.5: Preparation of samples for mechanical
testing
A.5.1: Adherent and bondline thickness effect on the me-
chanical performance
In order to study the influence of these parameters, four plates
are bonded following the process detailed in Section A.2: Pro-
duction of bonded samples. The following geometrical parame-
ters are considered:
Adherent thickness 1 mm, bondline thickness 0.25 mm
Adherent thickness 1 mm, bondline thickness 0.5 mm
Adherent thickness 2 mm, bondline thickness 0.25 mm
Adherent thickness 2 mm, bondline thickness 0.5 mm
Additionally, in order to measure the shear strength of the
CFRP independently from the adhesive, two more CFRP joints
are manufactured by co-curing. Instead of paste adhesive, ex-
tra layers of CFRP are placed in the overlap, joining the plates
during the curing process of the laminates. The thickness of
the “bondline” in this case is around 0.5 mm when 1 layer is
placed and 0.7 mm with 2 layers in the bondline area.
The results of the samples tested by SLS test are shown in Fig-
ure A.7.
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
222
Figure A.7: Effect of bondline and adherent thicknesses.
It can be observed that the bondline thickness affects the me-
chanical performance of the joint. The samples with a bondline
thickness lower than 0.4 mm show an adherent failure. Sam-
ples with higher values show adhesive failure due to the high-
er peeling stress induced by the bondline thickness. This leads
to a lower mechanical performance. For this reason, the sam-
ples bonded in this dissertation are validated only if the
bondline thickness is lower than 0.3 mm.
The thickness of the adherent shows a smaller influence on the
mechanical performance of the joint. It can be observed that a
thicker laminate shows less dependence on the bondline
thickness. The reason is that a thicker laminate bends less dur-
ing the testing, inducing a lower peeling. Nevertheless, in or-
der to have a validation system more sensible to the bonding
quality, laminates with 1 mm thickness are used for the me-
chanical testing considered in this dissertation.
Additionally, co-cured samples delaminate at about 17 MPa.
These results are obtained with a thick bondline of more than
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8
Sh
ear
stre
ng
th[M
Pa]
Bondline thickness [mm]
Adherents thickness 1 mm
Adherents thickness 2 mm
Co-curing
A.5: PREPARATION OF SAMPLES FOR MECHANICAL TESTING
223
0.4 mm, affecting the results. A thinner SLS sample would
probably delaminate at a higher load.
A.5.2: Selection of the adherent surface treatment
In the production of adherents, the new parts are affected by
different sources of contamination that can affect the strength
of the joint [92]. Another problem in the manufacturing pro-
cess of the CFRP laminates is that the composite tool side has a
higher resin percentage, while carbon fibers remain some mi-
crometers under this first layer. This fact affects the shear and
peel strength of the joint. To avoid these undesirable effects,
some treatments can be applied in order to minimize the
amount of resin [15].
The surface treatments are typically divided in three main
blocks: mechanical abrasion, chemical pretreatment and spe-
cial methods for CFRP such as the use of a peel ply [95]. Addi-
tionally, the use of release agents in the manufacturing process
of the CFRP plates is also considered in this study.
The highlights of today’s state of the art set abrading methods
as common approach for surface treatment. However, several
companies prefer the use of peel ply over abrading methods
due to its low cost and reduced human factors [96]. In either
any case, a cleaning, chemical or just manual scoring must be
applied. This research compares different approaches for sur-
face treatment of CFRP bonded plates, proving the importance
of surface treatment before bonding.
In this section, different surface treatments are applied to the
CFRP adherents. Additionally, the surface treatments are
combined with different manufacturing process, release film
(noted as RF) and peel ply (noted as Pp) are considered for the
production of the laminates. Then, the mechanical perfor-
mance of the different samples is compared.
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
224
The abrading methods consist on removing the layer of resin
placed at the top of the composite plate. Different methods
following this principle have been applied:
Manual sanding P100 (noted as S100) and P150 (noted as
S150): The election of the size of the sand plays an important
role. With a bigger size, more resin is removed being the pro-
cess faster and simpler, but as drawback, the quality of the
bond can decrease due to fracture of fibers. Typical sizes rec-
ommended for composites in literature are from P80 to P180
for rough sanding [17].
Air-grit blasting (noted as GB): This technique, commonly
used in industry as surface treatment, consists on particles
thrown with a pressurized air gun [97]. These small particles
hit the surface to be treated removing the resin. The equip-
ment used is a Mikromat 760s, (Mikromat GmbH, Dresden,
Germany), using quartz sand and a jet pressure of 2 bar.
Water jet: The equipment used is a Bystronic water jet cutting
machine (Waterjet AG, Aarwachen, Switzerland). In order to
get the desired impact of the jet, removing the resin and not
breaking the fibers, the water jet is used without abrasive ma-
terial (noted as WJ). Samples are treated with a flat jet nozzle
(Procer SAS, Möhlin, Switzerland) with a spraying angle of 30
degrees and a flow rate equivalent of a 0.3 mm diameter noz-
zle. The operation conditions are a traverse speed of
300 mm/min and a distance around 19 mm.
Finally, after the treatment is carried out, a cleaning process
(noted as C) is carried out in some of the samples. In this pro-
cess, acetone is applied and afterwards is dried with a paper.
Then, water is used to remove the remaining acetone from the
surface to be bonded. Additionally, de-ionized water is ap-
plied to the surface and finally the samples are dried in a con-
vection oven for 60 minutes at 65 °C.
A.5: PREPARATION OF SAMPLES FOR MECHANICAL TESTING
225
The CFRP laminates are bonded with is 100 °C for 1 hour,
achieving more than 95 % of degree of cure. The results of SLS
for different combinations of surface treatments are summa-
rized in Table A.1 and Figure A.8.
Table A.1: SLS for different surface treatments.
Sample
name
Manufacturing
process
Surface treat-
ment
Shear
strength
[MPa]
RF Release film - 16.4 ± 3.1
RF+C Release film Cleaning 22.1 ± 1.1
RF+S100+C
Release film Sanding P100 +
Cleaning 22.0 ± 1.8
RF+S100+S150+C
Release film Sanding P100 +
P150 + Cleaning 24.4 ± 1.5
RF+GB+C Release film Grit blasting +
Cleaning 17.4 ± 2.3
RF+WJ Release film Water jet FN 12.3 ± 1.5
RF+WJ+C Release film Water jet FN +
Cleaning 10.8 ± 1.3
Pp+C Peel ply Cleaning 20 ± 2.1
Pp+GB+C Peel ply Grit blasting +
Cleaning 17.5 ± 2.1
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
226
Figure A.8: SLS test for different surface treatments.
The fracture modes are summarized in Table A.2.
Table A.2: Fracture mode of SLS samples.
It is proved that a simple cleaning process improves the me-
chanical performance of the joint by about 50 % compared to
0
5
10
15
20
25
30S
hea
r st
ren
gth
[M
pa]
Sample name Fracture mode
RF 50 % Adhesive 50 % Cohesive
RF+C 20 % Adhesive 80 % Adher-
ent RF+S100+C Adherent
RF+S100+S150+C Adherent
RF+GB+C Adherent
RF+WJ 70 % Adherent 30 % Cohesive
RF+WJ+C 90 % Adherent 10 % Cohesive
Pp+C 30 % Adhesive 70 % Cohesive
Pp+GB+C 70 % Adherent 30 % Cohesive
A.5: PREPARATION OF SAMPLES FOR MECHANICAL TESTING
227
non-treated samples. For this reason, cleaning is shown to be
the simplest method to improve the mechanical performance.
The best surface treatment method for single lap shear test
samples is sanding with P100 followed by a second sanding
with P150 and then cleaned. The reason is that sanding just
with P100 produce a sample with more peaks of resin, which
can be smoothed with the second sanding, reducing as well
the variability of the results.
Grit blasting and water jet show a low mechanical perfor-
mance with adherent failure. Both methods are difficult to
control due to the dependence on the operator. This can result
in the destruction of a high percentage of fibers, meaning a
decrease of the mechanical properties.
Samples produced with a peel ply have a lower performance
than samples produced with release film. The reason is the
load concentration in the resin peaks formed during the pro-
duction of the plate. Additionally, the application of abrading
methods in samples produced with a peel ply will mean a de-
struction of fibers, decreasing its mechanical performance.
For these reasons, the surface treatment method to be applied
on the preparation of the samples in this dissertation is a sand-
ing with P100 followed by a second sanding with P150 and
finally cleaned with acetone, water and de-ionized water.
APPENDIX A: MECHANICAL TESTING OF COMPOSITE SAMPLES
228
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
229
Appendix B
Induction setup
In this Appendix, the equipment for induction heating setup is
shown. The materials used in the assembly rig are detailed in
Section B.1, Geometry and Materials. Then, the effect of the dis-
tance between the coil and susceptor is measured in Section
B.2, Effect of the distance between the coil and the susceptor. After-
wards, Section B.3: Adaptation of the simulation tool for natural
convection conditions, describes how to model a natural convec-
tive flow in a 2 dimensional model. Afterwards, the produc-
tion process of samples for the void content analysis by induc-
tion heating is described in Section B.4, Production of samples by
induction heating. Finally, the modification of paste adhesives is
investigated in Section B.5, Modification of the paste adhesive for
bonding nonelectrical conductive materials by induction heating.
B.1: Geometry and materials
The induction setup consists of an AC power supply that pro-
vides high current and high frequency (maximum of 385 A
and 400 kHz) by an EasyHeat unit of 2.4 kW (Ambrell, Scotts-
ville, NY, USA). The frequency applied by the equipment is
set automatically depending on the current applied. Neverthe-
less, the frequency applied is detailed for all the experiments
carried out in this dissertation and considered as an important
parameter. The power supply is combined with a “Fluxtron”
coil supplied by Plustherm Point Ltd. (Wettingen, Switzer-
land), placed at the end of the inductor head. The equipment
is connected to a cooling unit Hyfra Chilli-15 (HYFRA Indus-
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
230
triekühlanlagen GmbH, Krunkel, Germany) as shown in Fig-
ure B.1.
Figure B.1: Induction setup used.
The test setup is designed using non-electrical conductive ma-
terials to fix the plates during the bonding process of SLS
samples. As a consequence, the coil is designed having a sin-
gle-turn copper beam and a magnetic field concentrator at-
tached to the lower part of the coil made of a material called
“Ferrotron 559H” (Fluxtrol, Auburn Hills, MI, USA). The test
setup supports susceptors on a sandwich structure made of
GFRP with a core used as base. The core is made of Aramid
honeycomb lightweight honeycomb made from Nomex pa-
per® (Kevlar® paper) Additionally, wood is used to fix the
plates to be bonded and to support the sandwich structure, as
shown in Figure B.2.
Inductor head
Coil
Coolingunit
Powergenerator
B.1: GEOMETRY AND MATERIALS
231
Figure B.2: Test rig designed to bond SLS samples.
The materials of the different components of the test rig are
detailed in Figure B.3. Additionally, the material properties
used to model the simulation tool described in Chapter 5:
Simulation of the curing process of paste adhesives by induction
heating are listed in Table B.1.
Inductor head
Coil
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
232
Figure B.3: Geometry of the test setup.
Co
pp
erFe
rro
tro
nC
FRP
Ad
hes
ive
Air
GFR
PSa
nd
wic
hco
reW
oo
dx
zy
B.1: GEOMETRY AND MATERIALS
233
Table B.1: Material properties of the test rig.
Ele
ctro
mag
net
ic p
rop
erti
es
Hea
t tr
ansf
er p
rop
erti
es
Ele
ctri
cal
con
du
ctiv
ity
𝝈 [
S/m
]
Rel
ativ
e
per
me
abil
ity
𝝁 [
-]
Rel
ativ
e
per
mit
tiv
ity
𝜺 [-
]
Th
erm
al
con
du
ctiv
ity
λ [
W/m
·K]
Hea
t ca
pac
ity
[
J/K
g·K
]
Den
sity
ρ
[Kg
/m3 ]
Em
issi
vit
y
ε [-
]
Co
pp
er
58.1
·10
6 1
18.1
38
4 34
0 8’
960
0.96
Fer
rotr
on
6.
7·10
-7
18
14.2
4
450
5’90
0 0.
8
CF
RP
5’
912.
1 1
3.4
3(
T-2
73)+
960
1’54
0 0.
9 2
0.5
Ad
hes
ive
2.5·
10-1
2 1
3.6
0.33
14
00
1’10
0 0.
9
GF
RP
1·
10-1
0 1
3.8
0.35
94
0 1’
700
0.8
San
dw
ich
core
1·
10-1
0 1
2.5
0.2
800
100
0.91
Wo
od
1·
10-9
1 2.
6 0.
13
1381
84
0 0.
91
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
234
Most properties considered in this Appendix are common
values well documented in literature. Others are obtained
from the supplier [10, 98]. Finally, some other properties re-
quire be either explaining or measuring experimentally e.g.
density.
The electrical conductivity of the CFRP is measured for the
whole laminate by applying an electrical current of 1 A from a
power source [KEPCO 20-5M] to samples of CFRP with a size
of 40 mm * 10 mm * 5 mm. The voltage is measured with a
multimeter [Mastech MY-67] having a separation between the
contacts of 20 mm. Then, 20 values are measured having an
average of 5912.1 ± 94 S/m.
Regarding the thermal properties of CFRP, a theoretical calcu-
lation of the thermal properties is carried out. It is considered
that the microstructure of CFRP determines its material prop-
erties [79]. In this context, the CFRP is modeled as homoge-
nized anisotropic material. In literature the thermal conductiv-
ities of carbon fibers can vary from 2.5 to 10 W/m·K, e.g. 5
W/m·K [82], the one of epoxy resins is varying from 0.2 to 0.35
W/m·K [99]. As the real values are not measured, assessed
values of 2.0 W/m·K for x-direction (see Figure B.3) and 0.5
W/m·K for y-direction are used. These values lie within the
range which is achieved by applying the rule of mixture tak-
ing into account fiber orientation.
The heat capacity of the CFRP plates is modeled as tempera-
ture dependent using a model that considers the fiber volume
content and the individual properties of the resin and fibers
[82]. Using the mixing rule with the individual temperature
dependent heat capacities of resin and fibers, the final heat
capacity of the composite is calculated.
B.2: CALCULATION OF THE CONVECTION COEFFICIENT
235
B.2: Calculation of the convection coefficient
In the modeling of the heat transfer module, forced convection
is considered in order to to make the convection coefficient
more reliable and controllable compared to natural convec-
tion. The flow of the air is considered in z-direction, perpen-
dicular to the model plane, making the convection coefficient
independent from the geometry and homogenous in the
section of the model. The forced convection coefficient can be
calculated by Eq. B.1.
. B.1
[W/m·K] is the thermal conductivity of the air, [m] is the
distance between the beginning of the plate and the measuring
point of the coefficient and [-] is the Nusselt number,
shown in Eq. B.2, which measures the increase of heat transfer
from a surface surrounded by a fluid compared to the heat
transfer by pure conduction [100].
B.2
Nusselt number considered for this model is for laminar fluid
conditions [101], depending on the Reynolds and Prandtl
numbers, shown in Eqs. (B.3 and B.4):
B.3
B.4
[kg/m3] is the density of the air, [m/s] is the speed of the
fluid, [Pa·s] is the dynamic viscosity of the fluid and
[J/Kg·K] is the heat capacity of the fluid.
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
236
The thermal parameters of the air are calculated with the
equations shown in Table B.2 [27].
Table B.2: Summary of dry air properties.
Thermal conductivity
λ [W/m·K] (3.807 + 0.074·T)·10-3
Density ρ [Kg/m3]
Dynamic viscosity
μ [Pa·s] (
)
Heat capacity
Cp [J/Kg·K]
As it can be observed, the convection coefficient depends on
the properties of dry air that are function of the air pressure
[Pa] and the temperature [K]. To determine this parame-
ter, the air pressure is considered constant and equal to
101’300 Pa, the fluid speed 2 m/s at the beginning of the plate
and the distance between the beginning of the plate and the
simulation section is 0.1 m as shown in Figure B.4.
Figure B.4: Conditions for the calculation of hc.
Then, the air properties as well as Reynolds and Prandtl num-
bers are calculated as function of the temperature to prove
laminar conditions. Finally, the convection coefficient is calcu-
lated considering certain room temperature. If the value of the
Section A-A’
A-A’
B.3: ADAPTATION OF THE SIMULATION TOOL FOR NATURAL
CONVECTION CONDITIONS
237
ambient temperature is considered 24.5 °C, the convection co-
efficient is equal to 17.43 W/m2·K with a Prandtl number equal
to 0.716 and a Reynolds number of 12'864, what are values
typically considered in the range of laminar forced convection.
B.3: Adaptation of the simulation tool for nat-
ural convection conditions
Due to the shape complexity of the demonstrators described in
this doctoral thesis, they are cooled by natural convection. In
this section, a simulation tool is described, determining the
convection coefficient when there is no forced air flow. Addi-
tionally, as the coil is changed (heating from one side only) to
heat the long bondlines, the new value of the efficiency must
be determined previously.
In this context, a simple experiment is carried out consisting of
heating one of the C-spars used in the demonstrator and com-
paring to the temperature generated. The part is initially heat-
ed applying forced convection, with the air conditions detailed
in Appendix B.1. The parameters used for the simulation are
57.6 A at 198’000 Hz, with an ambient temperature of 21.1 °C.
The temperature is measured at point C of Figure B.5 in steady
state conditions for 10 times with an optical fiber pyrometer
[FTC-DIN-ST-HA-LS by Photon control, CA]. The average is
then compared to the predicted temperatures generated by
induction, shown in Figure B.6.
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
238
Figure B.5: Geometry to validate natural convection.
Figure B.6: Efficiency of the coil.
The results show that the efficiency of the coil is around 82 %.
In order to validate the simulation tool, additional test are car-
ried out. The temperature distribution at points A to E and the
heating and cooling processes for 150 s at point C are also
compared. The results are shown in Figure B.7 and Figure B.8.
5 mm5 mm5 mm5 mm
70
72
74
76
78
80
82
84
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
B.3: ADAPTATION OF THE SIMULATION TOOL FOR NATURAL
CONVECTION CONDITIONS
239
Figure B.7: Temperature distribution of the C-spar.
Figure B.8: Heating and cooling processes of the C-spar.
The simulated results show a good agreement with experi-
mental data, thus validating the modeling of the pancake-
shaped coil used in this part of the dissertation. The maximum
temperature difference is located at the edges, where there is a
temperature difference lower than 3 °C.
In a next step, the use of natural convection is considered. As
the simulation tool is validated for a forced convection scenar-
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
A B C D E
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
COMSOL
Experimental
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
Time [s]
Experimental heatingExperimental coolingCOMSOL heatingCOMSOL cooling
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
240
io, the temperature is measured with no forced convection.
Then, it is compared to the simulation results with different
convection coefficients around 5 W/m2*K, which are typical
values for natural convection conditions [27]. The parameters
used for the simulation are 40.8 A at 203’000 Hz, with an am-
bient temperature of 20 °C. The temperature is measured at
point C of Figure B.5 in steady state conditions for 10 times
with an optical fiber pyrometer [FTC-DIN-ST-HA-LS by Pho-
ton control]. The results are shown in Figure B.9
Figure B.9: Assessment of the convection coefficient.
The results show a good agreement between simulation and
experimental data when using a convection coefficient of
4 W/m2*K. This value is in the range of natural indoor convec-
tion coefficient values (between 3 and 10 W/m2*K) and there-
fore used to complete the simulation tool for complex shapes.
Finally, the tool is validated previously to be applied to the
simulation of the optimal curing process. For this reason, the
60
62
64
66
68
70
72
74
76
78
80
Experimental hc = 3
W/m2*K
hc = 4
W/m2*K
hc = 5
W/m2*K
hc = 6
W/m2*K
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
B.3: ADAPTATION OF THE SIMULATION TOOL FOR NATURAL
CONVECTION CONDITIONS
241
tool is validated with steady state conditions by applying dif-
ferent currents and for heating and cooling processes. The
temperatures are measured at the point C (see Figure B.5) and
then compared to the predicted values (see Figure B.10).
Figure B.10: Results for different currents applied.
The measurement of the temperature generated by different
currents proves that the tool can be applied to predict the op-
timal curing process with natural convection in all the temper-
ature range.
The validation of the heating and cooling for 600 s is shown in
Figure B.11.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
20 25 30 35 40 45
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
Input current [A]
Experimental
COMSOL
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
242
Figure B.11: Heating and cooling with natural convection.
The results show a temperature difference lower than 3 °C in
both processes, proving the accuracy of the simulation tool
modeled.
B.4: Production of samples by induction heat-
ing
For the validation of the different models, several samples
have been produced by induction heating. In this section, the
details to produce them are given.
The samples produced typically consist of different isothermal
stages at different temperatures applied by induction. Most of
the samples produced consist on a dual step curing process, as
shown in Figure B.12, combining different process parameters
on the heating stages ( , ).
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Tem
per
atu
re [ C
]
Time [s]
Experimental heating
Experimental cooling
COMSOL heating
COMSOLcooling
B.4: PRODUCTION OF SAMPLES BY INDUCTION HEATING
243
Figure B.12: Cycle to produce samples for validation.
The CFRP plates are dosed with 0.3 mm of paste adhesive as
follows:
The paste adhesive is placed on the plate with a wood
stick.
The adhesive is compressed over the desired surface with
a steel tool that has a cavity of 0.3 mm, by which the adhe-
sive passes along the bondline.
The exceeding adhesive is removed from the plate.
Then, the samples are placed under the coil and the input elec-
tric current is manually tuned. The temperature profile is then
generated in the CFRP thus curing the paste adhesive. A
scheme is shown in Figure B.13.
The temperature is measured with different systems:
IR pyrometer [IN 510, LumaSense].
Optical fiber pyrometer for low temperature meas-
urements [FTP-NY2-ST1-2M-BA, Photon Control,
Canada]
Optical fiber pyrometer for high temperature meas-
urements [FTP-NY2-ST2-2M-BA, Photon Control,
Canada]
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
0 500 1000 1500 2000
α > 0.95
T1
T2
t1 t2
Tem
per
atu
re[°
C]
Time [min]
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
244
The method used depends on the experiment conditions and
is specified for each case.
Figure B.13: Scheme to produce samples by induction.
The samples are then grinded and polished with a rotatory
polishing machine (Streuers, GE). The time applied for the
polishing steps varies depending on the sample, guaranteeing
that the bondline is observable in the final sample. 6 steps are
applied with the following grain sizes for the grinding and
diameter of the diamond suspension for the polishing.
Step 1: 120 grain polishing.
Step 2: 220 grain polishing.
Step 3: 600 grain polishing.
Step 4: 9 μm diameter for the diamond suspension for pol-
ishing for 5 minutes.
Step 5: 3 μm diameter for the diamond suspension for pol-
ishing for 5 minutes.
Step 6: 1 μm diameter for the diamond suspension for pol-
ishing for 2 minutes.
Then, the void content is measured by microscopy techniques.
To carry out an accurate measurement, at least 3 images are
taken from each sample with the microscope [Leica DM RXA,
Inductor head
Optical fiber
pyrometerCoil
CFRP
Paste adhesive
B.5: BONDING OF NON-ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVE MATERIALS BY
INDUCTION
245
Leica Microsystems GmbH, Wetzlar, Germany]. The void con-
tent is then measured inside of a defined frame, as shown in
Figure B.14.
Figure B.14 Sample for the microscopy measurement.
B.5: Bonding of non-electrical conductive ma-
terials by induction
B.5.1: Introduction
As commented in Chapter 2, the performance of induction
heating depends on the electrical or magnetic properties of the
susceptors. In this appendix, the possibility to modify the
paste adhesive in order to generate heat internally is investi-
gated [36, 37]. The approach consists on the addition of electri-
cal conductive and ferromagnetic materials permitting to bond
non-electrical conductive adherents [14, 102-104].
Previous research has been carried out using a conductive ma-
terial as one of the adherents e.g. aluminum [105]. The use of a
conductive mesh made of copper applied in the adhesive
bondline has also been investigated. In both cases, big temper-
ature gradients appeared in the curing process of the paste
adhesive leading to a degradation of the paste adhesive and a
decrease of the mechanical performance on the joint [40].
1’000 μm
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
246
The mixture of magnetic particles has also been investigated in
paste adhesive systems curing at high temperature [34, 41]. It
has been proved that curing paste adhesive with 50 wt% of
particles is possible.
In order to investigate the bonding process of non-electrical
conductive materials, the following experimental approach is
considered:
1. Measure the temperature generated in the modified
paste adhesive with meshes made of different materi-
als and different particles.
2. Bond and test SLS structures made of non-electrical
conductive materials by induction heating.
B.5.2: Experimental
The modification of the paste adhesive is investigated for the
system LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2. This paste adhesive is nei-
ther electrically conductive nor ferromagnetic. As a conse-
quence, some materials affected by induction are mixed with
the paste adhesive in order to generate the heat directly in it.
The mixing process is detailed in Appendix A.2. In this chap-
ter, two different types of modification are considered:
Addition of particles with different weigh content, di-
ameter and materials.
Addition of meshes with different geometrical param-
eters e.g. different diameter of the wire.
The major properties of the materials used in this study are
summarized in Table B.3.
B.5: BONDING OF NON-ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVE MATERIALS BY
INDUCTION
247
Table B.3: Particles used for adhesive modification.
Ty
pe
M
ater
ial
Bra
nd
nam
e S
up
pli
er
Par
ticl
e
dia
met
er
[μm
]
Mag
net
ic
satu
rati
on
[A·m
2 /K
g]
Ele
ctri
cal
con
du
ctiv
ity
[S/m
]
Par
ticl
es
Iro
n
117.
0160
S
wis
s C
om
po
site
s A
G
60
218
1·10
7
Par
ticl
es
Ste
el
117.
8001
S
wis
s C
om
po
site
s A
G
80
1.8
1.5·
106
Par
ticl
es
Co
ated
FeO
M
agS
ilic
a E
vo
nik
0.
05
20
7·10
-12
Par
ticl
es
Alu
min
um
74
4.00
01
Sw
iss
Co
mp
osi
tes
AG
10
0 -
3.5·
107
Mes
h
Alu
min
um
A
lMg
5 H
aver
& B
oec
ker
-
- 3.
5·10
7
Mes
h
Nic
kel
-
Hav
er &
Bo
eck
er
- 55
1.
4·10
7
Mes
h
Ste
el
X6C
r17
H
aver
& B
oec
ker
-
1.8
6·10
5
Mes
h
Co
pp
er
- H
aver
& B
oec
ker
-
- 5.
9·10
7
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
248
The induction equipment used is detailed in Appendix B.1.
The temperature generated is measured in the modified paste
adhesive. The device used is an optical fiber temperature sen-
sor model FTC-DIN-ST-HA-LS (Photon Control, Burnaby,
Canada). This test is carried out by adjusting the current in
order to generate 80 °C at the different samples.
B.5.3: Results
B.5.3.1: Temperature generation
The heating of samples of 100 mm x 25 mm x 0.35 mm modi-
fied with particles and meshes is carried out in steady state. It
is compared to the heating of the pure adhesive, not affected
by induction. However, the sample of pure paste adhesive is
heated by convection from the warm coil due to losses during
the heating process, as shown in Figure B.15. Samples with
wt% 50 are marked red, wt% 25 are marked orange and wt%
15 are marked green.
Figure B.15: Temperature generation in modified adhesives.
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 100 200 300 400 500
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
Current [A]
Steel
Nickel
Copper
Aluminium
MagSilica
Steel AS80
Steel RZ60
Aluminium
Pure Paste
adhesive
Steel 80 μm
Iron 60 μm
Meshes
Pure adhesive
Particles
Aluminum
Aluminum
Meshes
Particles
B.5: BONDING OF NON-ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVE MATERIALS BY
INDUCTION
249
In general, samples with meshes generate more heat than the
samples with particles. For this reason, the samples with
meshes and particles are compared independently in Figure
B.16 and Figure B.17.
Samples with meshes are compared, analyzing the role of dif-
ferent geometrical parameters summarized in Table B.4. The
loop area is also included, being the fraction of empty area at
each loop formed by the wires.
Table B.4: Geometric parameters of the meshes used.
The current necessary for each sample to achieve 85 °C is plot-
ted in Figure B.16 considering the numbering of Table B.4.
Material
Distance
between
wires L
[μm]
Diameter
of the
wires D
[μm]
Skin
depth
δ [μm]
Loop
area [%]
1 Aluminum 75 53 242 34.3
2 Copper 140 112 129 30.9
3 Copper 25 140 129 41.1
4 Nickel 160 100 11 37.9
5 Nickel 224 80 11 54.3
6 Nickel 500 140 11 61.0
7 Steel 150 112 45 32.8
8 Steel 250 125 45 44.4
9 Steel 160 90 45 41.0
10 Steel 224 95 45 49.3
11 Steel 500 140 45 61.0
12 Copper 1’000 40 129 92.5
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
250
Figure B.16: Current needed to achieve 85 °C with different meshes.
Steel meshes require less current to generate the same temper-
ature, followed by the samples with nickel meshes. The reason
both materials are ferromagnetic and therefore, affected by
hysteresis. Comparing both, samples with nickel meshes per-
form worst despite having better magnetic properties. The
reason is the skin effect, which generates a non-homogeneous
heating at the mesh wire. Samples with copper and aluminum
meshes require more power to reach the temperature range
under study due to the worse magnetic properties. Samples
with copper meshes perform better than with aluminum due
to their higher electrical conductivity.
Additionally, the particle modification is analyzed comparing
the temperature generated for the different weight contents,
when a fixed current of 130 A is applied. Results in steady are
reported in Figure B.17, obtaining a deviation in the measure-
ments lower than 1 °C.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Cu
rren
t n
eed
ed t
o a
chie
ve
85 ℃
Material number
Material sets:1 : Aluminum2, 3, 12: Copper4–6: Nickel7-11: Steel
B.5: BONDING OF NON-ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVE MATERIALS BY
INDUCTION
251
Figure B.17: Heating of adhesives with particles.
Samples with MagSilica show the best performance among the
particles tested. The reason is the special magnetic properties
of these particles, especially designed to generate heat by the
hysteresis effect combined with the small size of the particles.
This fact ensures that skin effect is not affecting the heating
process, which does not happen for the steel and especially
with iron particles. Nevertheless, the use of these particles
presents a drawback: that not more than 25 wt% can be mixed
with the adhesive due to the particle volume.
For the rest of the particle modifications, samples with steel
particles perform better than samples with iron and aluminum
particles. The reason is the skin effect, which affects more the
iron particles due to its higher electrical conductivity and
magnetics permeability (typically orders of magnitude higher
than for steel). In this context, iron particles are only heated at
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0% 10% 20% 30% 40% 50%
Tem
per
atu
re [
°C]
wt%
MagSilica
Steel AS80
Steel RZ60
Al
Steel 80 μm
Iron 60 μm
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
252
the shell, thus reducing the efficiency of this material for in-
duction heating. Finally, aluminum particles are only residual-
ly heated. The reason is that in the induction heating of parti-
cles, hysteresis plays a dominant role. The induction of Eddy
currents requires a conductive domain. This would require
that all the particles would touch each other inside of the ad-
hesive forming an electrical conductive network. As this is not
the case, only ferromagnetic particles are significantly heated.
B.5.3.2: Mechanical performance of the paste adhesive
Finally, SLS test samples with non-electrical conductive sus-
ceptors made of GFRP are bonded. Details for the samples
preparation and mechanical testing applied are given in Ap-
pendix A.
8 samples with meshes and 5 samples with particles are select-
ed for this test, considering only steel and MagSilica for the
particles testing due to the better heating ability. The samples
are cured isothermally at about 100 °C for 60 minutes. In the
case of the sample with 15 wt% of MagSilica, as only 68 °C are
achieved at full power (384 A and 250’000 Hz), the curing pro-
cess is extended for 4 hours. The curing conditions and the
results are summarized in Table B.5 and Figure B.18, in which
the grey columns mean 50 % Cohesive 50 % Adherent fracture
mode, blue columns mean adherent fracture and black column
means cohesive fracture.
B.5: BONDING OF NON-ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVE MATERIALS BY
INDUCTION
253
Table B.5: Summary of SLS test of GFRP bonded samples. S
amp
le
Cu
rren
t [A
] C
uri
ng
tem
p.
[°C
]
Bo
nd
lin
e th
ick
nes
s
[mm
]
Sh
ear
stre
ng
th
[MP
a]
Fra
ctu
re m
od
e
Pu
re A
dh
esiv
e 0
100.
0 0.
15
18.2
± 1
.5
Ad
her
ent
3 C
u
74.4
10
1.5
0.36
14
.7 ±
1.7
A
dh
eren
t
5 N
i 34
.4
99.9
0.
27
16.7
± 0
.4
Ad
her
ent
7 S
t 28
.8
100.
7 0.
39
15.6
± 1
.9
Ad
her
ent
8 S
t 24
.0
99.9
0.
30
16.6
± 1
.5
Ad
her
ent
9 S
t 29
.6
100.
4 0.
34
15.3
± 1
.1
Ad
her
ent
11 S
t 31
.2
103.
7 0.
36
16.3
± 1
.2
Ad
her
ent
12 C
u
70.4
98
.0
0.23
11
.0 ±
0.5
C
oh
esiv
e
Mag
Sil
ica
15 %
38
4.0
68.3
0.
14
19.7
± 1
.1
Ad
her
ent/
Co
hes
ive
Mag
Sil
ica
25 %
32
0.0
99.9
0.
35
13.2
± 1
.4
Ad
her
ent/
Co
hes
ive
Ste
el 1
5 %
33
6.0
99.9
0.
19
14.4
± 0
.9
Ad
her
ent
Ste
el 2
5 %
25
2.0
98.1
0.
13
14.2
± 3
.8
Ad
her
ent
Ste
el 5
0 %
18
4.0
100.
7 0.
13
14.6
± 0
.8
Ad
her
ent
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
254
Figure B.18: SLS test results.
The samples with a mesh show mostly an adherent fracture
mode but a lower mechanical performance than the pure ad-
hesive samples. This means that the decrease of mechanical
performance is not due to a thermal degradation of the paste
adhesive by a temperature gradient between mesh and adhe-
sive. This fact can be explained by the stiffening effect of the
particles and meshes that lead to higher load peaks and there-
fore a decrease of the mechanical performance of the joint.
Another reason is the bigger bondline thickness due to the
diameter of the wire used in the meshes, thicker than 0.3 mm
in most of the cases. This fact is proved with CFRP bonded
samples in Section A.5.1.
The samples with particles show a certain decrease on the me-
chanical performance, especially with MagSilica having a
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22S
hea
r st
ress
[M
Pa]
Meshes Particles
B.5: BONDING OF NON-ELECTRICAL CONDUCTIVE MATERIALS BY
INDUCTION
255
mixed failure mode. The reason is the big volume of particles
mixed, mostly affecting the effective bonding area. It can be
observed that MagSilica samples with 15 wt% may not be fully
cured because the temperature generated was below the rec-
ommended by the supplier. This could lead to a tougher resin
and to a decrease of the load peaks, leading to a higher me-
chanical performance. Additionally, it is proved that the me-
chanical performance of samples with steel particles is not af-
fected by the amount of particles mixed in.
B.5.4: Conclusions
The modification of paste adhesives to bond non-electrical
conductive adherents by induction is investigated, observing:
Bonding non-conductive composite structures by induction
is possible by adding either ferromagnetic particles or
meshes.
Meshes show a superior heating ability than particles due
to the combination of induction of Eddy currents and hys-
teresis effect.
The electromagnetic material properties are affecting the
most the heating ability of the modified paste adhesive, es-
pecially the magnetic properties influencing the hysteresis
effect.
The meshes affect the mechanical performance of the joint
only depending on the diameter of the wires affecting the
bondline thickness.
The volume of particles mixed has an influence on the me-
chanical performance of the joint due to the loss of effective
bonding area.
APPENDIX B: INDUCTION SETUP
256
257
Bibliography
1. Niu, M.C.-Y., Composite airframe structures: practical
design information and data. 1st. Edition ed. 1992, Hong
Kong: Adaso Adastra Engineering Center.
2. Boffoli, C. A disassembled carbon fiber fuselage section of
the Boeing Dreamliner 787 in Everett, Washington. 2007;
Available from:
http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:787fuselage.j
pg.
3. Vinson, J.R., Adhesive bonding of polymer composites.
Polymer Engineering & Science, 1989. 29(19): p. 1325-
1331.
4. van Straalen, I.J., Development of Design Rules for
Structural Adhesive Bonded Joints-A Systematic Approach.
Techmische Universeteit Delft, 2001: p. 3-4.
5. Peters, S., Handbook of Composites. 2 nd. Edition ed.
1998, New York: Springer.
6. Mylavarapu, P. and E. Woldesenbet, Non-destructive
characterization of bondlines in composite adhesive joints.
Journal of adhesion science and technology, 2006.
20(7): p. 647-660.
7. De Garmo, E.P., J.T. Black, and R.A. Kohser,
DeGarmo's materials and processes in manufacturing.
2011: John Wiley & Sons.
8. Baldan, A., Adhesively-bonded joints and repairs in
metallic alloys, polymers and composite materials:
Adhesives, adhesion theories and surface pretreatment.
Journal of materials science, 2004. 39(1): p. 1-49.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
258
9. Baker, A.A. and S. Dutton, Composite materials for
aircraft structures. 2004: AIAA (American Institute of
Aeronautics & Astronautics).
10. Verclos, O.d., et al., Toughened epoxy paste adhesives for
aerospace applications, in International Conference on
Composite Materials 17. 2009: Edinburgh, UK.
11. Kohli, D.K., Improved 121° C curing epoxy film adhesive
for composite bonding and repair applications: FM® 300-2
adhesive system. International journal of adhesion and
adhesives, 1999. 19(2): p. 231-242.
12. Ageorges, C. and L. Ye, Fusion bonding of polymer
composites, ed. E.M.a. Processes. 2002: Springer Verlag.
13. Dillard, D.A. and A.V. Pocius, The mechanics of
adhesion. 1 st. Edition ed. 2002, Blackburg: Elsevier.
14. Duncan, B., M. Girardi, and B. Read, Measurement of
basic mechanical properties for design. 1 st. Edition ed.
Crown Publishing. 1994, New York.
15. Petrie, E.M., Handbook of adhesives and sealants. 2000,
New York: McGraw-Hill
16. EU. Clean Sky. 2013 [cited 2013 5.6.2013].
17. Armstrong, K.B. and R.T. Barrett, Care and repair of
advanced composites. 2005, Warrendale: SAE
International.
18. Soutis, C., Carbon fiber reinforced plastics in aircraft
construction. Materials Science and Engineering: A,
2005. 412(1): p. 171-176.
19. Wegman, R.F. and T.R. Tullos, Handbook of adhesive
bonded structural repair. 1992, New York: Noyes
Publications.
20. Davis, M., et al., Safety risks in applying damage tolerance
analysis to certification of adhesively bonded structures and
joints, in Aircraft Airworthiness and Sustainment
Conference. 2011: Brisbane, AU.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
259
21. Blackwell, G.R., The electronic packaging handbook. 1 st.
Edition ed. 1999, Indiana: CRC.
22. Loh, W., et al., Modelling anomalous moisture uptake,
swelling and thermal characteristics of a rubber toughened
epoxy adhesive. International journal of adhesion and
adhesives, 2005. 25(1): p. 1-12.
23. Parker, B., The effect of composite prebond moisture on
adhesive-bonded CFRP-CFRP joints. Composites, 1983.
14(3): p. 226-232.
24. Rohsenow, W.M., J.P. Hartnett, and Y.I. Cho, Handbook
of heat transfer. Vol. 3. 1998: McGraw-Hill New York.
25. Kutz, M., Eshbach's Handbook of Engineering
Fundamentals. 5 th. Edition ed. 2009, New York: John
Wiley & Sons.
26. Mahdi, S., et al., A comparison of oven-cured and
induction-cured adhesively bonded composite joints.
Journal of composite materials, 2003. 37(6): p. 519-542.
27. Bonals, L.A., Transferència de calor. Apunts de classe.
Barcelona, Publicacions d’Abast SLL CPDA. ETSEIB
UPC, 2005: p. 3-19.
28. Troughton, M., Handbook of plastics joining: a practical
guide. 1 st. Edition ed. 2008, New York: Plastics Design
Library.
29. Sharma, A., D. Agarwal, and J. Singh, Study of Curing
Kinetics and Thermal Degradation of UV Curable Epoxy
Acrylate Resin. E-Journal of Chemistry, 2008. 5: p. 904-
913.
30. Goodman, D.L. and G.R. Palmese, Curing and bonding
of composites using electron beam processing. The
Handbook of Polymer Blends and Composites, 2001.
31. Hay, J. and P. O'Gara, Recent developments in thermoset
curing methods. Proceedings of the Institution of
Mechanical Engineers, Part G: Journal of Aerospace
Engineering, 2006. 220(3): p. 187-195.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
260
32. Koshal, D., Manufacturing engineer's reference book.
1993, Oxfordshire: Butterworth-Heinemann.
33. Mills, G.F. and J.F. Ferrer, Electricidad, teoría de circuitos
y magnetismo. 2000: Alfaomega; Barcelona.
34. Yungwirth, C.J., E.D. Wetzel, and J.M. Sands, Induction
Curing of a Phase-Toughened Adhesive. 2003, Army
Reseach lab: Aberdeen proving ground MD.
35. Knauf, B.J., et al., Low frequency induction heating for the
sealing of plastic microfluidic systems. Microfluidics and
Nanofluidics, 2010. 9(2): p. 243-252.
36. Chaboudez, C., et al., Numerical modelling of induction
heating of long workpieces. Magnetics, IEEE
Transactions on, 1994. 30(6): p. 5028-5037.
37. Tavakoli, M.H., H. Karbaschi, and F. Samavat,
Computational modeling of induction heating process.
Progress In Electromagnetics Research Letters, 2009.
11: p. 93-102.
38. Sands, J.M., C.J. Yungwirth, and E.D. Wetzel, Induction
Curing of a Phase-Toughened Adhesive. 2003, Army
research lab: Aberdeen proving ground MD. p. 1-22.
39. Yarlagadda, S., et al., A study on the induction heating of
conductive fiber reinforced composites. Journal of
composite materials, 2002. 36(4): p. 401-421.
40. Tay, T., et al., Accelerated curing of adhesives in bonded
joints by induction heating. Journal of composite
materials, 1999. 33(17): p. 1643-1664.
41. Yungwirth, C.J., E.D. Wetzel, and W.A. Spurgeon,
Induction Bonding for Structural Composite Tubes. 2002,
Army research lab: Aberdeen proving ground MD. p.
1-33.
42. Prime, R.B. and E.A. Turi, Thermal characterization of
polymeric materials. Academic Press. Vol. 2. 1981,
London.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
261
43. Sourour, S. and M. Kamal, Differential scanning
calorimetry of epoxy cure: isothermal cure kinetics.
Thermochimica Acta, 1976. 14(1): p. 41-59.
44. Pascault, J.-P., et al., Thermosetting polymers. Vol. 64.
2002, New York: CRC.
45. Um, M.-K., I.M. Daniel, and B.-S. Hwang, A study of
cure kinetics by the use of dynamic differential scanning
calorimetry. Composites science and technology, 2002.
62(1): p. 29-40.
46. Karkanas, P.I., I.K. Partridge, and D. Attwood,
Modelling the cure of a commercial epoxy resin for
applications in resin transfer moulding. Polymer
International, 1999. 41(2): p. 183-191.
47. Zhao, L. and X. Hu, A variable reaction order model for
prediction of curing kinetics of thermosetting polymers.
Polymer, 2007. 48(20): p. 6125-6133.
48. Zhao, L. and X. Hu, Autocatalytic curing kinetics of
thermosetting polymers: A new model based on temperature
dependent reaction orders. Polymer, 2010. 51(16): p.
3814-3820.
49. Yousefi, A., P. Lafleur, and R. Gauvin, Kinetic studies of
thermoset cure reactions: a review. Polymer Composites,
2004. 18(2): p. 157-168.
50. Fava, R.A., Differential scanning calorimetry of epoxy
resins. Polymer, 1968. 9: p. 137-151.
51. Kenny, J.M., Determination of autocatalytic kinetic model
parameters describing thermoset cure. Journal of Applied
Polymer Science, 2003. 51(4): p. 761-764.
52. Chen, Y.T. and C. Macosko, Kinetics and rheology
characterization during curing of dicyanates. Journal of
Applied Polymer Science, 1996. 62(3): p. 567-576.
53. Soldera, A. and N. Metatla, Glass transition of polymers:
Atomistic simulation versus experiments. Physical
Review E, 2006. 74(6): p. 061803.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
262
54. Pascault, J. and R. Williams, Glass transition
temperature versus conversion relationships for
thermosetting polymers. Journal of Polymer Science Part
B: Polymer Physics, 2003. 28(1): p. 85-95.
55. DiBenedetto, A., Prediction of the glass transition
temperature of polymers: a model based on the principle of
corresponding states. Journal of Polymer Science Part B:
Polymer Physics, 2003. 25(9): p. 1949-1969.
56. Domínguez, J., et al., Isothermal rheokinetic study of a
precured resol resin beyond gelation by torsion. Journal of
Applied Polymer Science, 2011. 123(4): p. 2107-2114.
57. Wurm, A., M. Merzlyakov, and C. Schick,
Crystallization of polymers studied by temperature-
modulated techniques (TMDSC, TMDMA). Journal of
Macromolecular Science—Physics, 1999. 38(5-6): p.
693-708.
58. Yuan, J. and M. Packowski. The thermal degradation and
decomposition of brominated epoxy FR-4 laminates. in
Electronic Components and Technology Conference, 1993.
Proceedings., 43rd. 1993. Orlando, Fl: IEEE.
59. Defense, D.o., Adhesive bonding (structural) for aerospace
and other systems, requirements for, ed. D.o.D.
Handbook. Vol. MIL-HDBK-8337. 1997.
60. Lapique, F. and K. Redford, Curing effects on viscosity
and mechanical properties of a commercial epoxy resin
adhesive. International journal of adhesion and
adhesives, 2002. 22(4): p. 337-346.
61. Lin, L., et al., A novel random void model and its
application in predicting void content of composites based
on ultrasonic attenuation coefficient. Applied Physics A:
Materials Science & Processing, 2011. 103(4): p. 1153-
1157.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
263
62. Defense, D.o., Polymer matrix composite materials usage,
design, and analysis, ed. D.o. Defense. Vol. MIL-HDBK-
17-3F. 2002.
63. Sánchez Cebrián, A., M. Zogg, and P. Ermanni,
Indicators for optimizing cure temperature of paste
adhesives, in 18th International Conference on Composite
Materials .Composites and Reinforced Plastics. 2011: Jeju,
Ko.
64. Standardization, E.C.f.S., Space engineering: Adhesive
bonding handbook,, ed. E.C.f.S. Standardization. Vol.
ECSS-E-HB-32-21A. 2011.
65. Kandare, E., et al. Modelling Thermal Degradation of
Flame-Retarded Epoxy Resin Formulations under Different
Heating Conditions. in ACS symposium series. 2009. ACS
Publications.
66. Lee, L.H., Mechanisms of thermal degradation of phenolic
condensation polymers. II. Thermal stability and
degradation schemes of epoxy resins. Journal of Polymer
Science Part A: General Papers, 2003. 3(3): p. 859-882.
67. Macan, J., et al., Thermal degradation of epoxy–silica
organic–inorganic hybrid materials. Polymer degradation
and stability, 2006. 91(1): p. 122-127.
68. Rose, N., et al., Thermal oxidative degradation of epoxy
resins: evaluation of their heat resistance using invariant
kinetic parameters. Polymer degradation and stability,
1994. 45(3): p. 387-397.
69. Budrugeac, P., Non-isothermal degradation kinetics of
glass-reinforced epoxy resin. Thermochimica Acta, 1993.
221(2): p. 229-236.
70. Montserrat, S., J. Málek, and P. Colomer, Thermal
degradation kinetics of epoxy–anhydride resins: I.: Influence
of a silica filler. Thermochimica Acta, 1998. 313(1): p.
83-95.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
264
71. Régnier, N. and S. Fontaine, Determination of the
thermal degradation kinetic parameters of carbon fibre
reinforced epoxy using TG. Journal of thermal analysis
and calorimetry, 2001. 64(2): p. 789-799.
72. Sánchez Cebrián, A., M. Zogg, and P. Ermanni,
Methodology for optimization of the curing cycle of paste
adhesives. International journal of adhesion and
adhesives, 2013. 40: p. 112-119.
73. Karpushkin, S., S. Karpov, and A. Glebov, Modeling of
induction heating devices in example of induction heating
platens of culcanization presses Вестник ТГТУ, 2011. 17:
p. 110-120.
74. Simpson, P.G., Induction heating: coil and system design.
1960, New York: McGraw-Hill
75. Istardi, D. and A. Triwinarko, Induction Heating Process
Design Using COMSOL Multiphysics Software.
Telkomnika Indonesian Journal of Electrical
Engineering ISSN, 2011: p. 1693-6930.
76. Barka, N., et al., Modeling and sensitivity study of the
induction hardening process. Advanced Materials
Research, 2007. 15: p. 525-530.
77. Sánchez Cebrián, A., et al., Multistep heating to optimize
curing process of a paste adhesive, in 15th European
Conference on Composite Materials 2012: Venite, IT.
78. Cleveland, C.J., et al., Encyclopedia of energy. Vol. 1.
2004, San Diego: Elsevier Academic Press. 673.
79. Deleglise, M., et al., Determination of the thermal
dispersion coefficient during radial filling of a porous
medium. Journal of heat transfer, 2003. 125(5): p. 875-
881.
80. Bergman, T.L., et al., Fundamentals of heat and mass
transfer. 7 th. Edition ed. 2011, New Jersey: John Wiley
/ Sons.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
265
81. Razak, A.A.A., A.M. Hameed, and S.R. Sultan,
Modeling of the cure of epoxy based composite, heated at
constant temperature in cylindrical mould. Diyala Journal
of Engineering Sciences, 2011. 4(01): p. 1-11.
82. Skordos, A.A. and I.K. Partridge, Inverse heat transfer
for optimization and on-line thermal properties estimation
in composites curing. Inverse Problems in Science and
Engineering, 2004. 12(2): p. 157-172.
83. Rudolf, R., P. Mitschang, and M. Neitzel, Induction
heating of continuous carbon-fibre-reinforced
thermoplastics. Composites Part A: Applied Science
and Manufacturing, 2000. 31(11): p. 1191-1202.
84. Bianchi, N. and F. Dughiero, Optimal design techniques
applied to transverse-flux induction heating systems.
Magnetics, IEEE Transactions on, 1995. 31(3): p. 1992-
1995.
85. O'Brien, D.J., P.T. Mather, and S.R. White, Viscoelastic
properties of an epoxy resin during cure. Journal of
composite materials, 2001. 35(10): p. 883-904.
86. Plazek, D. and Z. Frund, Epoxy resins (DGEBA): The
curing and physical aging process. Journal of Polymer
Science Part B: Polymer Physics, 2003. 28(4): p. 431-
448.
87. Hansen, N. and A. Ostermeier, Convergence Properties
of Evolution Strategies with the Derandomized Covariance
Matrix Adaptation: The (=. Eufit, 1997. 97: p. 650-654.
88. Igel, C., N. Hansen, and S. Roth, Covariance matrix
adaptation for multi-objective optimization. Evolutionary
computation, 2007. 15(1): p. 1-28.
89. Jastrebski, G.A. and D.V. Arnold. Improving evolution
strategies through active covariance matrix adaptation. in
Evolutionary Computation, 2006. CEC 2006. IEEE
Congress on. 2006. IEEE.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
266
90. Hansen, N., The CMA evolution strategy: a comparing
review, in Towards a new evolutionary computation. 2006,
Springer. p. 75-102.
91. Bucher, B., Grimanelis, D., Lery, J., Demonstrator A4:
Technical Requirements and Guide. 2012: Emmen,
Switzerland.
92. Ebnesajjad, S. and C.F. Ebnesajjad, Surface treatment of
materials for adhesion bonding. 2006, Norwich: William
Andrew Publishing.
93. Katnam, K., et al., Tensile strength of two-part epoxy
paste adhesives: Influence of mixing technique and micro-
void formation. International journal of adhesion and
adhesives, 2011. 31(7): p. 666-673.
94. Ebnesajjad, S., Adhesives technology handbook. 2 nd.
Edition ed. 2008, Norwich: William Andrew
Publishing.
95. Bénard, Q., M. Fois, and M. Grisel, Influence of fibre
reinforcement and peel ply surface treatment towards
adhesion of composite surfaces. International journal of
adhesion and adhesives, 2005. 25(5): p. 404-409.
96. Flinn, V., et al., Influence of Peel Ply Type on Adhesive
Bonding of Composites, in SAMPE USA. 1997:
Baltimore, ME.
97. Hart-Smith, L., S. Wong, and D. Brown, Surface
preparations for ensuring that the glue will stick in bonded
composite structures. McDonnell Douglas paper MDC
93K0126, 1993.
98. Anonymus. Ferrotron 559H technical datasheet.
http://fluxtrol.com/products/product-types/ferrotron-
559h/].
99. Klunker, F., et al., Composites in automotive applications:
simulation of leaf spring processing, in SAMPE 2011.
2011: Long Beach, CA.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
267
100. Bejan, A. and A.D. Kraus, Heat transfer handbook. 2003:
J. Wiley.
101. Som, S. and A. Ghosh, Introduction to Heat Transfer.
PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi, 2008.
102. Gottfried, H., et al., Superparamagnetic oxidic particles,
processes for their production and their use. 2004, U.S.
Patent p. 1-12.
103. Kaplan, S.M., Wiley electrical and electronics engineering
dictionary. Vol. 141. 2004, New Jersey: IEEE Press. 446.
104. Sánchez Cebrián, A., et al., Paste Adhesive Modification
for Induction Curing, in Society for the Advancement of
Material and Process Engineering. 2012: Baltimore, MD,
USA.
105. Mitschang, P., et al., Induction Heated Joining of
Aluminum and Carbon Fiber Reinforced Nylon 66. Journal
of Thermoplastic Composite Materials, 2009. 22(6): p.
767-801.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
268
269
List of Tables
Table 2.1: Parameters used to cure SLS samples. ...................... 22 Table 2.2: Results of the SLS test. ................................................ 22 Table 2.3: Time necessary to heat up a CFRP plate. ................. 23 Table 2.4: Summary of the performance of the heating
methods investigated. ................................................................... 24 Table 3.1: Results of the overall heat enthalpy measurement. 34 Table 3.2: n-th order model parameters by lineal regression. . 37 Table 3.3: Parameters of the n-th order model. ......................... 38 Table 3.4: n-th order model parameters in the chemical
controlled part. .............................................................................. 39 Table 3.5: Fitted parameters at the DiBenedetto equation. ...... 43 Table 3.6: αonset at different temperatures. ................................... 43 Table 3.7: Fitted parameters of αonset. ........................................... 44 Table 3.8: Values of C1 and KDonset. ............................................... 45 Table 3.9: Summary of all the fitted parameters. ...................... 45 Table 3.10: Summary of all the fitted parameters. .................... 47 Table 3.11: Samples for cure kinetics model validation. .......... 50 Table 3.12: Results of the overall heat enthalpy. ....................... 52 Table 3.13: Cure kinetics parameters of the LME 10625 / LME
10626................................................................................................ 52 Table 4.1: Thermal degradation model parameters. ................. 60 Table 4.2: Summary of samples used for validation................. 62 Table 4.3: Void formation with different curing cycles. ........... 67 Table 4.4: Fitting parameters of the thermal degradation model
of the LME 10625 / LME 10626. ................................................... 70 Table 4.5: Void formation with different curing cycles. ........... 72 Table 5.1: Summary of relations applied in the model. ........... 84 Table 5.2: Results from the validation of the model. ................ 92 Table 5.3: Sensitivity analysis of adhesive properties. ............. 95
LIST OF TABLES
270
Table 5.4: Sensitivity analysis of the processing parameters. .. 97 Table 5.5: Sensitivity analysis of adherent properties. ............. 98 Table 5.6: Electrical conductivity of laminates with different
number of layers. ......................................................................... 101 Table 5.7: Sensitivity analysis of adherent properties. ........... 101 Table 6.1: Degree of cure of the samples measured by DSC. 107 Table 6.2: Summary of optical measurements. ........................ 115 Table 6.3: Storage modulus at 20 °C and Tg. ............................ 118 Table 6.4: Summary of results in 3 point bending test. .......... 119 Table 6.5: Results of single lap shear test. ................................ 120 Table 6.6: Techniques to validate paste adhesives. ................. 123 Table 7.1: Effect of T1 [°C] on the curing process. ................... 133 Table 7.2: Effect of t1 [°C] on the curing process. .................... 136 Table 7.3: Effect of T2 [°C] on the curing process. ................... 138 Table 7.4: Summary of SLS test. ................................................ 140 Table 8.1: Microscopy test of the optimal curing cycle. ......... 147 Table 8.2: SLS test of the optimal curing process. ................... 149 Table 8.3: Microscopy of samples cured with the optimal
curing cycle. ................................................................................. 151 Table 8.4: SLS test of the optimal curing process. ................... 151 Table 9.1: Summary of the bondlines of the demonstrator.... 161 Table 9.2: Validation of the positioning of the parts where the
maximum deviation according to RUAG specifications are 1
mm. ............................................................................................... 169 Table 9.3: Validation of the orientation of the parts where the
maximum value according to RUAG specifications are 1°. ... 170 Table 9.4: Validation of the bondline thickness where the
maximum value according to RUAG specifications are 0.3
mm. ............................................................................................... 171 Table 10.1: Temperature difference inside of the bondline. .. 181 Table 10.2: Temperature difference in the measuring point, x=
54 cm. ............................................................................................ 181 Table 10.3: Temperature gradients with different cooling. ... 185 Table 10.4: Temperature distribution analysis summary. ..... 187
LIST OF TABLES
271
Table 10.5: Validation of the positioning of the parts where the
maximum deviation according to RUAG specifications are 1
mm. ............................................................................................... 193 Table 10.6: Validation of the orientation of the parts where the
maximum value according to RUAG specifications are 1°. ... 194 Table 10.7: Quality control of the second demonstrator where
the maximum value according to RUAG specifications are 0.3
mm for the bondline thickness, a degree of cure higher than 95
% and a void content lower than 2 %. ...................................... 195 Table A.1: SLS for different surface treatments. ...................... 225 Table A.2: Fracture mode of SLS samples. ............................... 226 Table B.1: Material properties of the test rig. ........................... 233 Table B.2: Summary of dry air properties. ............................... 236 Table B.3: Particles used for adhesive modification. .............. 247 Table B.4: Geometric parameters of the meshes used. ........... 249 Table B.5: Summary of SLS test of GFRP bonded samples. .. 253
LIST OF TABLES
272
273
List of Figures
Figure 1.1: Image of the carbon fiber reinforced polymer
fuselage section of the Boeing 787 [2]. .......................................... 4 Figure 1.2: Adhesive bonding introduces a uniform load. ........ 5 Figure 1.3: Adhesive sample with high void formation. ........... 9 Figure 2.1: Hot press heats the adherents by conduction. ....... 14 Figure 2.2: Oven heats all the components ................................ 15 Figure 2.3: Hysteresis loop of a ferromagnetic susceptor. ....... 18 Figure 2.4: Induction heats the CFRP area close to the coil. .... 20 Figure 2.5: SLS results. .................................................................. 22 Figure 3.1: DSC curve with a heating rate of 10 °C/min. ......... 31 Figure 3.2: DSC measurements. .................................................. 35 Figure 3.3: Conversion rate of the different measurements. ... 36 Figure 3.4: Measurement and fitting of ln (k). ........................... 37 Figure 3.5: Comparison of n-th order and experimental data. 38 Figure 3.6: n-th order model in the chemical controlled part. . 40 Figure 3.7: Chemical and diffusion controlled parts. ............... 41 Figure 3.8: Conversion rate vs. Tg in the measurements. ......... 42 Figure 3.9: Fitting of αonset .............................................................. 44 Figure 3.10: n-th order model fitting at the chemical region. .. 46 Figure 3.11: Fitting of the final model. ....................................... 47 Figure 3.12: Scheme for the modeling of the cure kinetics. ..... 48 Figure 3.13: The temperature is increased from T1 to T2. ......... 49 Figure 3.14: The process will have a faster curing process. ..... 49 Figure 3.15: Validation of the cure kinetics model. .................. 51 Figure 3.16: Model validation for the cure kinetics model. ..... 53 Figure 4.1: Fitting of the thermal degradation model. ............. 61 Figure 4.2: Validation of the heating cycles 1 to 3. .................... 63 Figure 4.3: Validation of the heating cycles 4 to 6. .................... 63 Figure 4.4: Validation of the heating cycles 7 to 9. .................... 64
LIST OF FIGURES
274
Figure 4.5: Modeling of samples 1. ............................................. 65 Figure 4.6: Experimental and predicted degradation............... 66 Figure 4.7: Void content vs. relative evaporated mass. ............ 68 Figure 4.8: Summary of the model accuracy. ............................ 69 Figure 4.9: Experimental and modeled evaporation curves. ... 71 Figure 4.10: Relation between voids and evaporated mass. .... 73 Figure 4.11: Modeled and experimental void formation. ........ 74 Figure 5.1: Scheme of the induction setup modeling. .............. 78 Figure 5.2: Validation points for steady state and transient. ... 85 Figure 5.3: The best estimation for the efficiency is ηcoil= 0.9. .. 86 Figure 5.4: Temperature validation at steady state. ................. 87 Figure 5.5: Temperature for different values of λx. ................... 88 Figure 5.6: Temperature for different values of λy. ................... 88 Figure 5.7: Heating and cooling at the overlap center. ............ 89 Figure 5.8: Heating at Point A for different hc. .......................... 90 Figure 5.9: Cooling at Point A for different hc. .......................... 90 Figure 5.10: Heating at different distances. ............................... 91 Figure 5.11: Cooling at different distances. ............................... 91 Figure 5.12: Distance between the lower coil and the plate. . 100 Figure 6.1: TGA analysis for epoxy and hardener. ................. 108 Figure 6.2: Sample cured at 80 °C (Avg. void content 1.6 %).
....................................................................................................... 109 Figure 6.3: Sample cured at 100 °C (Avg. void content 1.4%).
....................................................................................................... 109 Figure 6.4: Sample cured at 120 °C (Avg. void content 2.1 %)
....................................................................................................... 110 Figure 6.5: Sample cured at 140 °C (Avg. void content 21.4%).
....................................................................................................... 110 Figure 6.6: Sample cured at 160 °C (Avg. void content 33.5 %).
....................................................................................................... 111 Figure 6.7: Sample cured at 180 °C (Avg. void content 60.5 %).
....................................................................................................... 111 Figure 6.8: Sample cured at 200 °C (Avg. void content 75.1 %).
....................................................................................................... 112
LIST OF FIGURES
275
Figure 6.9: Void content measurement. ................................... 112 Figure 6.10: Void content of samples (80 °C to 120 °C). ......... 113 Figure 6.11: Average bubbles diameter of samples. ............... 114 Figure 6.12: Relative density of samples. ................................. 114 Figure 6.13: DMA measurement at 100 °C. .............................. 116 Figure 6.14: Storage modulus measured by DMA.................. 117 Figure 6.15: Storage modulus from DMA at 20 °C. ................ 117 Figure 6.16: Flexural modulus of samples. .............................. 119 Figure 6.17: Flexural strength of samples. ............................... 119 Figure 6.18: SLS test for CFRP bonded samples. .................... 120 Figure 6.19: Void content compared to SLS test...................... 123 Figure 6.20: Results referenced to supplier’s curing............... 124 Figure 7.1: Two step heating process. ....................................... 129 Figure 7.2: Impact of void formation on the shear strength. . 141 Figure 8.1: Optimization scheme of the curing process. ........ 146 Figure 8.2: Optimal curing cycle of the LME 10049-4 / LMB
6687-2. ........................................................................................... 147 Figure 8.3: Recommended and optimal curing cycles of the
LME 10049-4 / LMB 6687-2......................................................... 149 Figure 8.4: Optimal curing cycle of the LME 10625 / LME
10626.............................................................................................. 150 Figure 8.5: Comparison between recommended and optimal
curing cycles of the LME 10625 / LME 10626. ......................... 152 Figure 9.1: Approach to optimize the curing cycle in complex
structures. ..................................................................................... 157 Figure 9.2: Image of the Dornier 228. ....................................... 158 Figure 9.3: Geometry of the aileron of the Dormier 228. ....... 159 Figure 9.4: Detail of the rear part of the aileron. ..................... 159 Figure 9.5: Layup sequence of the side of the skins. .............. 160 Figure 9.6: Scheme of the procedure to heat the components.
....................................................................................................... 162 Figure 9.7: Assembly of the T-Stringer ..................................... 162 Figure 9.8: Assembly of the T-stringer to the lower skin. ...... 163 Figure 9.9: Structure to fix the parts during the process. ....... 163
LIST OF FIGURES
276
Figure 9.10: Bonding process of a rib and the inner doubler.164 Figure 9.11: Upper subassembly bonded to the ribs. ............. 164 Figure 9.12: Subassembly with the ribs and the upper skin. . 165 Figure 9.13: Assembly of the lower skin to the ribs. ............... 165 Figure 9.14: Assembly of a C-spar to the inner doubler......... 166 Figure 9.15: Assembly of the C-spar to the lower skin........... 166 Figure 9.16: Outer doubler bonded to the subassembly. ....... 167 Figure 9.17: Demonstrator. ......................................................... 168 Figure 10.1: The 4 representative bondlines. ........................... 174 Figure 10.2: Measurement in bondline A. ................................ 176 Figure 10.3: Temperature distribution in bondline A. ........... 176 Figure 10.4: Measurement in bondline B. ................................ 177 Figure 10.5: Temperature distribution in bondline B. ............ 177 Figure 10.6: Measurement in bondline C. ................................ 178 Figure 10.7: Temperature distribution in bondline C. ............ 179 Figure 10.8: Measurement in bondline D. ................................ 180 Figure 10.9: Temperature distribution in bondline D. ........... 180 Figure 10.10: Edge effect measurement. ................................... 183 Figure 10.11: Thickness variation effect. .................................. 184 Figure 10.12: Fan positioning of forced convection cooling. . 185 Figure 10.13: Effect of the distance between the coil and the
susceptor. ...................................................................................... 186 Figure 10.14: Optimum curing cycle for a ∆T in the bondline
between 5 and 25 °C. ................................................................... 188 Figure 10.15: Duration of the optimal curing cycle with a
temperature difference. .............................................................. 189 Figure 10.16: Optimal curing cycle at bondline type A. ......... 190 Figure 10.17: Optimal curing cycle at bondline type B. ......... 191 Figure 10.18: Optimal curing cycle at bondline type C. ......... 191 Figure 10.19: Optimal curing cycle at bondline type D. ......... 192 Figure 11.1: Forced and natural convection. ............................ 204 Figure A.1: OoA produces a bad surface quality. ................... 214 Figure A.2: CFRP layup scheme for the CFRP processing. ... 215 Figure A.3: Adhesive failure in a wedge sample. ................... 218
LIST OF FIGURES
277
Figure A.4: Cohesive failure in a wedge sample. .................... 219 Figure A.5: Adherent failure in a wedge sample. ................... 220 Figure A.6: Mixed failure in a wedge sample. ........................ 220 Figure A.7: Effect of bondline and adherent thicknesses. ...... 222 Figure A.8: SLS test for different surface treatments. ............. 226 Figure B.1: Induction setup used. ............................................. 230 Figure B.2: Test rig designed to bond SLS samples. ............... 231 Figure B.3: Geometry of the test setup. .................................... 232 Figure B.4: Conditions for the calculation of hc. ...................... 236 Figure B.5: Geometry to validate natural convection. ............ 238 Figure B.6: Efficiency of the coil. ............................................... 238 Figure B.7: Temperature distribution of the C-spar. .............. 239 Figure B.8: Heating and cooling processes of the C-spar. ..... 239 Figure B.9: Assessment of the convection coefficient. ............ 240 Figure B.10: Results for different currents applied. ................ 241 Figure B.11: Heating and cooling with natural convection. .. 242 Figure B.12: Cycle to produce samples for validation. ........... 243 Figure B.13: Scheme to produce samples by induction.......... 244 Figure B.14 Sample for the microscopy measurement. .......... 245 Figure B.15: Temperature generation in modified adhesives.
....................................................................................................... 248 Figure B.16: Current needed to achieve 85 °C with different
meshes. ......................................................................................... 250 Figure B.17: Heating of adhesives with particles. ................... 251 Figure B.18: SLS test results. ...................................................... 254
LIST OF FIGURES
278
279
About the Author
ALBERTO SÁNCHEZ CEBRIÁN
was born on July 20th, 1985
in Barcelona, Spain where
he spent most of all his edu-
cation time. He enrolled at
the Escola Tècnica Superior
d’Enginyeria Industrial de
Barcelona (ETSEIB), in 2003.
In 2008 he made his Master
Thesis at the Swiss Federal
Institute of Technology
(ETH Zürich) in the frame of
vibration damping as a part of the Erasmus exchange pro-
gram. In 2009 he obtained his Diploma in Industrial Engineer-
ing from the Universitat Politècnica de Catalunya (UPC) with
the specialization in Vehicles and Transportation Science. He
continued working as research assistant in the frame of novel
approaches for structural damping at the Centre of Structure
Technologies, in the Department of Mechanical and Process
Engineering at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH
Zürich) in the early 2009. He began his doctoral studies on
September 1st, 2009, at the Centre of Structure Technologies, in
the Department of Mechanical and Process Engineering at the
Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH Zürich) in Swit-
zerland and defended his thesis, contained in this volume, on
the 11th of April of 2014.